User’s Manual
RX62N Group
Peripheral Driver Generator
Reference Manual
All information contained in these materials, including products and product specifications,
represents information on the product at the time of publication and is subject to change by
Renesas Electronics Corp. without notice. Please review the latest information published by
Renesas Electronics Corp. through various means, including the Renesas Electronics Corp.
website (http://www.renesas.com).
www.renesas.com
Rev.1.04 May 2014
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Introduction
Introduction
This manual was written to explain how to make the peripheral I/O drivers on the Peripheral Driver Generator
for RX62N. For the basic information about the Peripheral Driver Generator, refer to the Peripheral Driver
Generator user’s manual.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 3 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Introduction ..................................................................................................................................................................... 3
Table of Contents ............................................................................................................................................................ 4
1. Overview ................................................................................................................................................................. 10
1.1
Supported peripheral modules............................................................................................................................................... 10
1.2
Tool requirements ...................................................................................................................................................................... 11
2. Creating a new project ............................................................................................................................................. 12
3. Setting Up the Peripheral Modules .......................................................................................................................... 13
3.1
Main Window ................................................................................................................................................................................. 13
3.2
Pin Functions ............................................................................................................................................................................... 15
3.2.1
[Pin function] Sheet............................................................................................................................................................. 15
3.2.2
[Peripheral pin usage] Sheet ............................................................................................................................................ 16
4. Specification of Generated Functions ...................................................................................................................... 18
4.1
Clock-Generation Circuit ........................................................................................................................................................ 25
4.1.1
R_PG_Clock_Set ..................................................................................................................................................................... 25
4.1.2
R_PG_Clock_Start_SUB ....................................................................................................................................................... 26
4.1.3
R_PG_Clock_Stop_SUB ........................................................................................................................................................ 27
4.1.4
R_PG_Clock_GetMainClockStatus ................................................................................................................................... 28
4.2
Voltage Detection Circuit (LVD) .......................................................................................................................................... 29
4.2.1
R_PG_LVD_Set ........................................................................................................................................................................ 29
4.2.2
R_PG_LVD_GetLVDDetectionFlag .................................................................................................................................. 30
4.3
Low Power Consumption......................................................................................................................................................... 31
4.3.1
R_PG_LPC_Set ........................................................................................................................................................................ 31
4.3.2
R_PG_LPC_Sleep .................................................................................................................................................................... 32
4.3.3
R_PG_LPC_AllModuleClockStop ...................................................................................................................................... 33
4.3.4
R_PG_LPC_SoftwareStandby ............................................................................................................................................ 34
4.3.5
R_PG_LPC_DeepSoftwareStandby .................................................................................................................................. 35
4.3.6
R_PG_LPC_IOPortRelease.................................................................................................................................................. 36
4.3.7
R_PG_LPC_GetPowerOnResetFlag................................................................................................................................. 37
4.3.8
R_PG_LPC_GetLVDDetectionFlag .................................................................................................................................. 38
4.3.9
R_PG_LPC_GetDeepSoftwareStandbyResetFlag ...................................................................................................... 39
4.3.10
R_PD_LPC_GetDeepSoftwareStandbyCancelFlag .................................................................................................... 40
4.3.11
R_PG_LPC_GetStatus .......................................................................................................................................................... 41
4.3.12
R_PG_LPC_WriteBackup...................................................................................................................................................... 42
4.3.13
R_PG_LPC_ReadBackup ...................................................................................................................................................... 43
4.4
Interrupt Controller (ICUa) ..................................................................................................................................................... 44
4.4.1
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_<interrupt type> ...................................................................................................................... 44
4.4.2
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Disable_<interrupt type> .............................................................................................................. 46
4.4.3
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_GetRequestFlag_<interrupt type> ............................................................................................ 47
4.4.4
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_ClearRequestFlag_<interrupt type> ......................................................................................... 48
4.4.5
R_PG_SoftwareInterrupt_Set ............................................................................................................................................. 49
4.4.6
R_PG_SoftwareInterrupt_Generate ................................................................................................................................. 50
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 4 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Table of Contents
4.4.7
R_PG_FastInterrupt_Set ...................................................................................................................................................... 51
4.4.8
R_PG_Exception_Set ............................................................................................................................................................. 52
4.5
Buses ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 53
4.5.1
R_PG_ExtBus_SetBus........................................................................................................................................................... 53
4.5.2
R_PG_ExtBus_GetErrorStatus .......................................................................................................................................... 54
4.5.3
R_PG_ExtBus_ClearErrorFlags .......................................................................................................................................... 55
4.5.4
R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_CS<CS area number> ........................................................................................................... 56
4.5.5
R_PG_ExtBus_DisableArea_CS<CS area number> ................................................................................................... 57
4.5.6
R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_SDCS ........................................................................................................................................... 58
4.5.7
R_PG_ExtBus_Initialize_SDCS ........................................................................................................................................... 59
4.5.8
R_PG_ExtBus_AutoRefreshEnable_SDCS..................................................................................................................... 60
4.5.9
R_PG_ExtBus_AutoRefreshDisable_SDCS ................................................................................................................... 61
4.5.10
R_PG_ExtBus_SelfRefreshEnable_SDCS ...................................................................................................................... 62
4.5.11
R_PG_ExtBus_SelfRefreshDisable_SDCS ..................................................................................................................... 63
4.5.12
R_PG_ExtBus_AccessEnable_SDCS ............................................................................................................................... 64
4.5.13
R_PG_ExtBus_AccessDisable_SDCS .............................................................................................................................. 65
4.5.14
R_PG_ExtBus_GetStatus_SDCS ....................................................................................................................................... 66
4.6
DMA controller (DMACA)........................................................................................................................................................ 67
4.6.1
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C<channel number> .......................................................................................................................... 67
4.6.2
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C<channel number> ................................................................................................................ 71
4.6.3
R_PG_DMAC_StartTransfer_C<channel number> ..................................................................................................... 72
4.6.4
R_PG_DMAC_Suspend_C<channel number>................................................................................................................ 73
4.6.5
R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferCount_C<channel number> ............................................................................................ 74
4.6.6
R_PG_DMAC_SetTransferCount_C<channel number> ............................................................................................ 75
4.6.7
R_PG_DMAC_GetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C<channel number>........................................................................... 76
4.6.8
R_PG_DMAC_SetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C<channel number> ........................................................................... 77
4.6.9
R_PG_DMAC_ClearInterruptFlag_C<channel number> ............................................................................................ 78
4.6.10
R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferEndFlag_C<channel number> ........................................................................................ 79
4.6.11
R_PG_DMAC_ClearTransferEndFlag_C<channel number> ..................................................................................... 80
4.6.12
R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel number>.......................................................................... 81
4.6.13
R_PG_DMAC_ClearTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel number> ...................................................................... 82
4.6.14
R_PG_DMAC_SetSrcAddress_C<channel number> .................................................................................................. 83
4.6.15
R_PG_DMAC_SetDestAddress_C<channel number> ................................................................................................ 84
4.6.16
R_PG_DMAC_SetAddressOffset_C<channel number> ............................................................................................ 85
4.6.17
R_PG_DMAC_SetExtendedRepeatSrc_C<channel number> ................................................................................. 86
4.6.18
R_PG_DMAC_SetExtendedRepeatDest_C<channel number> ............................................................................... 87
4.6.19
R_PG_DMAC_StopModule_C<channel number> ......................................................................................................... 88
4.7
EXDMAC controller (EXDMAC) ............................................................................................................................................ 89
4.7.1
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C<channel number> .................................................................................................................... 89
4.7.2
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C<channel number> .......................................................................................................... 90
4.7.3
R_PG_EXDMAC_StartTransfer_C<channel number>................................................................................................ 91
4.7.4
R_PG_EXDMAC_Suspend_C<channel number> .......................................................................................................... 92
4.7.5
R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferCount_C<channel number> ...................................................................................... 93
4.7.6
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetTransferCount_C<channel number>....................................................................................... 94
4.7.7
R_PG_EXDMAC_GetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C<channel number> ..................................................................... 95
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 5 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Table of Contents
4.7.8
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C<channel number> ..................................................................... 96
4.7.9
R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearInterruptFlag_C<channel number> ...................................................................................... 97
4.7.10
R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferEndFlag_C<channel number>................................................................................... 98
4.7.11
R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearTransferEndFlag_C<channel number> ............................................................................... 99
4.7.12
R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel number> .................................................................. 100
4.7.13
R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel number>............................................................... 102
4.7.14
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetSrcAddress_C<channel number> .......................................................................................... 103
4.7.15
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetDestAddress_C<channel number> ........................................................................................ 104
4.7.16
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetAddressOffset_C<channel number>..................................................................................... 105
4.7.17
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetExtendedRepeatSrc_C<channel number> .......................................................................... 106
4.7.18
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetExtendedRepeatDest_C<channel number> ....................................................................... 107
4.7.19
R_PG_EXDMAC_StopModule_C<channel number> ................................................................................................. 108
4.8
Data Transfer Controller (DTCa) .......................................................................................................................................109
4.8.1
R_PG_DTC_Set ......................................................................................................................................................................109
4.8.2
R_PG_DTC_Set_<trigger source> ...................................................................................................................................110
4.8.3
R_PG_DTC_Activate............................................................................................................................................................111
4.8.4
R_PG_DTC_SuspendTransfer ..........................................................................................................................................112
4.8.5
R_PG_DTC_GetTransmitStatus ......................................................................................................................................113
4.8.6
R_PG_DTC_StopModule .....................................................................................................................................................114
4.9
I/O Ports......................................................................................................................................................................................115
4.9.1
R_PG_IO_PORT_Set_P<port number> ..........................................................................................................................115
4.9.2
R_PG_IO_PORT_Set_P<port number><pin number>............................................................................................... 116
4.9.3
R_PG_IO_PORT_Read_P<port number> .......................................................................................................................117
4.9.4
R_PG_IO_PORT_Read_P<port number><pin number> ........................................................................................... 118
4.9.5
R_PG_IO_PORT_Write_P<port number>.......................................................................................................................119
4.9.6
R_PG_IO_PORT_Write_P<port number><pin number> ........................................................................................... 120
4.10
Multi-Function Timer Pulse Unit 2 (MTU2) ...................................................................................................................121
4.10.1
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number> ............................................................................ 121
4.10.2
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>(_<phase>) ....................................... 122
4.10.3
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>(_<phase>).......................................... 123
4.10.4
R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number> ................................................ 124
4.10.5
R_PG_Timer_SetCounterValue_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>................................................. 125
4.10.6
R_PG_Timer_GetRequestFlag_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number> ................................................... 126
4.10.7
R_PG_Timer_StopModule_MTU_U<unit number> ..................................................................................................... 128
4.10.8
R_PG_Timer_GetTGR_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number> ................................................................... 129
4.10.9
R_PG_Timer_SetTGR_<general register>_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number> ............................. 131
4.10.10 R_PG_Timer_SetBuffer_AD_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number> ........................................................ 132
4.11
Port Output Enable 2 (POE2)..............................................................................................................................................133
4.11.1
R_PG_POE_Set ......................................................................................................................................................................133
4.11.2
R_PG_POE_SetHiZ_MTU<MTU channel number> ................................................................................................... 134
4.11.3
R_PG_POE_GetRequestFlagHiZ_MTU<MTU channel number> .......................................................................... 135
4.11.4
R_PG_POE_GetShortFlag_MTU<MTU channel number> ...................................................................................... 136
4.11.5
R_PG_POE_ClearFlag_MTU<MTU channel number> .............................................................................................. 137
4.12
4.12.1
Programmable Pulse Generator (PPG) ............................................................................................................................138
R_PG_PPG_StartOutput_U<unit number>_G<group number>............................................................................. 138
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 6 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Table of Contents
4.12.2
R_PG_PPG_StopOutput_U<unit number>_G<group number> ............................................................................. 139
4.12.3
R_PG_PPG_SetOutputValue_U<unit number>_G<group number>..................................................................... 140
4.12.4
R_PG_PPG_SetOutputValue_U<unit number>_G<group number1>_G<group number2> .......................... 141
4.13
8-Bit Timer (TMR) ...................................................................................................................................................................142
4.13.1
R_PG_Timer_Start_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>) ...................................................................... 142
4.13.2
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>) ............................................................ 144
4.13.3
R_PG_Timer_ResumeCount_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>) .................................................... 145
4.13.4
R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>) ............................................. 146
4.13.5
R_PG_Timer_SetCounterValue_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>).............................................. 147
4.13.6
R_PG_Timer_GetRequestFlag_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>) ................................................ 148
4.13.7
R_PG_Timer_StopModule_TMR_U<unit number> ..................................................................................................... 149
4.14
Compare Match Timer (CMT)..............................................................................................................................................150
4.14.1
R_PG_Timer_Start_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel number> ......................................................................... 150
4.14.2
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_CMT<unit number>_C<channel number> ................................................................... 151
4.14.3
R_PG_Timer_ResumeCount_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel number> ....................................................... 152
4.14.4
R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel number> ................................................ 153
4.14.5
R_PG_Timer_SetCounterValue_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel number> ................................................ 154
4.14.6
R_PG_Timer_StopModule_CMT_U<unit number> ..................................................................................................... 155
4.15
Realtime Clock (RTC) .............................................................................................................................................................156
4.15.1
R_PG_RTC_Start ..................................................................................................................................................................156
4.15.2
R_PG_RTC_Stop ...................................................................................................................................................................157
4.15.3
R_PG_RTC_Restart..............................................................................................................................................................158
4.15.4
R_PG_RTC_SetCurrentTime ............................................................................................................................................159
4.15.5
R_PG_RTC_SetAlarmTime ................................................................................................................................................161
4.15.6
R_PG_RTC_Alarm_Control ................................................................................................................................................162
4.15.7
R_PG_RTC_Adjust30sec ....................................................................................................................................................164
4.15.8
R_PG_RTC_SetPeriodicInterrupt ...................................................................................................................................165
4.15.9
R_PG_RTC_GetStatus ........................................................................................................................................................166
4.15.10 R_PG_RTC_ClockOut_Disable..........................................................................................................................................168
4.15.11 R_PG_RTC_ClockOut_Enable ...........................................................................................................................................169
4.16
Watchdog Timer (WDT) ..........................................................................................................................................................170
4.16.1
R_PG_Timer_Start_WDT ..................................................................................................................................................... 170
4.16.2
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_WDT...........................................................................................................................................171
4.16.3
R_PG_Timer_ResetCounter_WDT ...................................................................................................................................172
4.16.4
R_PG_Timer_ClearOverflowFlag_WDT ..........................................................................................................................173
4.17
Independent Watchdog Timer (IWDT)...............................................................................................................................174
4.17.1
R_PG_Timer_Set_IWDT .......................................................................................................................................................174
4.17.2
R_PG_Timer_RefreshCounter_IWDT..............................................................................................................................175
4.17.3
R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_IWDT...........................................................................................................................176
4.17.4
R_PG_Timer_ClearUnderflowFlag_IWDT ......................................................................................................................177
4.18
Serial Communications Interface (SCIa) .........................................................................................................................178
4.18.1
R_PG_SCI_Set_C<channel number> ..............................................................................................................................178
4.18.2
R_PG_SCI_StartSending_C<channel number> .......................................................................................................... 179
4.18.3
R_PG_SCI_SendAllData_C<channel number> ............................................................................................................ 181
4.18.4
R_PG_SCI_GetSentDataCount_C<channel number> .............................................................................................. 182
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 7 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Table of Contents
4.18.5
R_PG_SCI_StartReceiving_C<channel number> ....................................................................................................... 183
4.18.6
R_PG_SCI_ReceiveAllData_C<channel number> ...................................................................................................... 185
4.18.7
R_PG_SCI_StopCommunication_C<channel number> ............................................................................................ 186
4.18.8
R_PG_SCI_GetReceivedDataCount_C<channel number> ..................................................................................... 187
4.18.9
R_PG_SCI_GetReceptionErrorFlag_C<channel number> ...................................................................................... 188
4.18.10 R_PG_SCI_GetTransmitStatus_C<channel number> .............................................................................................. 189
4.18.11 R_PG_SCI_SendTargetStationID_C<channel number> .......................................................................................... 190
4.18.12 R_PG_SCI_ReceiveStationID_C<channel number> ................................................................................................. 191
4.18.13 R_PG_SCI_StopModule_C<channel number> .............................................................................................................192
4.19
CRC Calculator (CRC) ...........................................................................................................................................................193
4.19.1
R_PG_CRC_Set .....................................................................................................................................................................193
4.19.2
R_PG_CRC_InputData .........................................................................................................................................................194
4.19.3
R_PG_CRC_GetResult ........................................................................................................................................................195
4.19.4
R_PG_CRC_StopModule ....................................................................................................................................................196
4.20
I2C Bus Interface (RIIC) ........................................................................................................................................................197
4.20.1
R_PG_I2C_Set_C<channel number> ..............................................................................................................................197
4.20.2
R_PG_I2C_MasterReceive_C<channel number> ....................................................................................................... 198
4.20.3
R_PG_I2C_MasterReceiveLast_C<channel number> .............................................................................................. 200
4.20.4
R_PG_I2C_MasterSend_C<channel number> .............................................................................................................202
4.20.5
R_PG_I2C_MasterSendWithoutStop_C<channel number> .................................................................................... 204
4.20.6
R_PG_I2C_GenerateStopCondition_C<channel number> ..................................................................................... 206
4.20.7
R_PG_I2C_GetBusState_C<channel number> ........................................................................................................... 207
4.20.8
R_PG_I2C_SlaveMonitor_C<channel number>........................................................................................................... 208
4.20.9
R_PG_I2C_SlaveSend_C<channel number> ................................................................................................................210
4.20.10 R_PG_I2C_GetDetectedAddress_C<channel number> .......................................................................................... 211
4.20.11 R_PG_I2C_GetTR_C<channel number> ........................................................................................................................212
4.20.12 R_PG_I2C_GetEvent_C<channel number> ..................................................................................................................213
4.20.13 R_PG_I2C_GetReceivedDataCount_C<channel number> ..................................................................................... 214
4.20.14 R_PG_I2C_GetSentDataCount_C<channel number> .............................................................................................. 215
4.20.15 R_PG_I2C_Reset_C<channel number> .........................................................................................................................216
4.20.16 R_PG_I2C_StopModule_C<channel number> .............................................................................................................217
4.21
Serial Peripheral Interface (RSPI) .....................................................................................................................................218
4.21.1
R_PG_RSPI_Set_C<channel number> ...........................................................................................................................218
4.21.2
R_PG_RSPI_SetCommand_C<channel number> ....................................................................................................... 219
4.21.3
R_PG_RSPI_StartTransfer_C<channel number> ...................................................................................................... 220
4.21.4
R_PG_RSPI_TransferAllData_C<channel number> .................................................................................................. 222
4.21.5
R_PG_RSPI_GetStatus_C<channel number> .............................................................................................................224
4.21.6
R_PG_RSPI_GetError_C<channel number> ................................................................................................................225
4.21.7
R_PG_RSPI_GetCommandStatus_C<channel number> ......................................................................................... 226
4.21.8
R_PG_RSPI_StopModule_C<channel number> .......................................................................................................... 227
4.21.9
R_PG_RSPI_LoopBack<loopback mode>_C<channel number> .......................................................................... 228
4.22
12-Bit A/D Converter (S12AD) .........................................................................................................................................229
4.22.1
R_PG_ADC_12_Set_S12AD0 .............................................................................................................................................229
4.22.2
R_PG_ADC_12_StartConversionSW_S12AD0 ............................................................................................................ 230
4.22.3
R_PG_ADC_12_StopConversion_S12AD0....................................................................................................................231
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 8 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Table of Contents
4.22.4
R_PG_ADC_12_GetResult_S12AD0................................................................................................................................232
4.22.5
R_PG_ADC_12_StopModule_S12AD0 ............................................................................................................................233
4.23
10-Bit A/D Converter (ADa) ...............................................................................................................................................234
4.23.1
R_PG_ADC_10_Set_AD<unit number> ..........................................................................................................................234
4.23.2
R_PG_ADC_10_StartConversionSW_AD<unit number> ......................................................................................... 235
4.23.3
R_PG_ADC_10_StopConversion_AD<unit number> ................................................................................................. 236
4.23.4
R_PG_ADC_10_GetResult_AD<unit number> .............................................................................................................237
4.23.5
R_PG_ADC_10_SetSelfDiag_VREF_<voltage>_AD<unit number> ....................................................................... 238
4.23.6
R_PG_ADC_10_StartSelfDiag_AD<unit number> ...................................................................................................... 239
4.23.7
R_PG_ADC_10_StopModule_AD<unit number> ......................................................................................................... 240
4.24
D/A Converter...........................................................................................................................................................................241
4.24.1
R_PG_DAC_Set_C<channel number>............................................................................................................................241
4.24.2
R_PG_DAC_SetWithInitialValue_C<channel number>............................................................................................. 242
4.24.3
R_PG_DAC_ControlOutput_C<channel number> ..................................................................................................... 243
4.24.4
R_PG_DAC_StopOutput_C<channel number> ........................................................................................................... 244
4.24.5
R_PG_DAC_Set_C0_C1 .......................................................................................................................................................245
4.25
Notes on Notification Functions ........................................................................................................................................246
4.25.1
Interrupts and processor mode .....................................................................................................................................246
4.25.2
Interrupts and DSP instructions ...................................................................................................................................246
5. Registering Files with the IDE(HEW, CubeSuite+ or e2 studio) and Building Them .......................................... 247
6. Tutorial .................................................................................................................................................................. 248
6.1
An LED blinking on a 8-bit timer (TMR) interrupt ...................................................................................................... 249
6.2
An LED blinking on the PWM output of the multi-function timer pulse unit 2 (MTU2) .............................. 262
6.3
Continuously scanning on10-Bit A/D converter (ADa) ........................................................................................... 268
6.4
Triggering DTC by IRQ ...........................................................................................................................................................274
6.5
Data transfer between SCIa channels 2 and 5 ............................................................................................................ 280
Appendix 1. Pin Functions for which the Allocation Can be Changed ....................................................................... 287
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 9 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Overview
1. Overview
1.1 Supported peripheral modules
The Peripheral Driver Generator supports the following products of RX62N group, peripheral modules and
endian.
(1)
(2)
Products
Part No.
Package
Part No.
Package
R5F562N8BDBG
PLBG0176GA-A
R5F562N8ADFB
PLQP0144KA-A
R5F562N8BDLE
PTLG0145JB-A
R5F562N8ADFP
PLQP0100KB-A
R5F562N8BDFB
PLQP0144KA-A
R5F562N7ADBG
PLBG0176GA-A
R5F562N8BDFP
PLQP0100KB-A
R5F562N7ADLE
PTLG0145JB-A
R5F562N7BDBG
PLBG0176GA-A
R5F562N7ADFB
PLQP0144KA-A
R5F562N7BDLE
PTLG0145JB-A
R5F562N7ADFP
PLQP0100KB-A
R5F562N7BDFB
PLQP0144KA-A
R5F56108VNFPP
LQP0144KAA
R5F562N7BDFP
PLQP0100KB-A
R5F56107VNFPP
LQP0144KAA
R5F562N8ADBG
PLBG0176GA-A
R5F56106VNFPP
LQP0144KAA
R5F562N8ADLE
PTLG0145JB-A
R5F56104VNFPP
LQP0144KAA
Peripheral Modules
Voltage Detection Circuit (LVD)
8-Bit Timer (TMR)
Clock Generation Circuit
Compare Match Timer (CMT)
Low Power Consumption
Realtime Clock (RTC)
Interrupt Control Unit (ICUa), Exceptions
Watchdog Timer (WDT)
Buses
Independent Watchdog Timer (IWDT)
DMA Controller (DMACA)
Serial Communications Interface (SCIa)
EXDMA Controller (EXDMAC)
CRC Calculator (CRC)
Data Transfer Controller (DTCa)
I2C Bus Interface (RIIC)
I/O Ports
Serial Peripheral Interface (RSPI)
Multi-Function Timer Pulse Unit 2 (MTU2) *
12-Bit A/D Converter (S12AD)
Port Output Enable 2 (POE2)
10-Bit A/D Converter (ADa)
Programmable Pulse Generator (PPG)
D/A Converter
* Complementary PWM mode and reset-synchronized PWM are not supported
(3)
Endian
Little endian / Big endian
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 10 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
1.2
Overview
Tool requirements
The following tools are required for this version of RX62N group Peripheral Driver Generator.
- RX Family C/C++ Compiler Package
V.1.02 Release 01
- RX62N Group Renesas Peripheral Driver Library V.1.10
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
(Bundled in Peripheral Driver Generator)
Page 11 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Creating a new project
2. Creating a new project
To create the new project file, select the menu [File] -> [New Project]. New project dialog box will open.
Fig 2.1 New project dialog box
For RX62N group, select [RX600] as a series and select [RX62N] as a group. The package type, ROM
capacity and RAM capacity of selected product are displayed.
By clicking [OK], new project is created and opened.
The EXTAL input clock frequency is not set after opening a new project. Therefore an error icon is displayed.
For error display, refer to the user’s manual.
Fig 2.2 Error display of new project
Set the frequency of the lock to be used here.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 12 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Setting Up the Peripheral Modules
3. Setting Up the Peripheral Modules
3.1 Main Window
Figure 3.1 shows the main window for setting up peripheral modules.
Resource pane
Peripheral-module selection tabs
Figure 3.1
Display in the Main Window (Example)
Table 3.1 shows the correspondence between the peripheral-module selection tabs, items in the resource pane,
and peripheral modules to be set up.
Table 3.1
Peripheral-Module Selection Tabs, Items in the Resource Pane, and Peripheral Modules
Tab
Resource pane
Corresponding Peripheral Module or Function
SYSTEM
Clock Generation Circuit
Clock Generation Circuit
Pin
Pinfunctions
LVD
LVD
LVD1 and 2
LPC
Low Power Consumption
Low Power Consumption Functions
ICUa
Interrupts
Interrupt Control Unit (ICUa)
Exceptions
Exceptions
CS0 to CS7
CS area (CS0 to CS7)
SDCS
SDRAM area
Common settings
Bus Error Monitoring (ilIegal address access detection and timeout detection)
DMACA
DMACA0 to DMACA3
DMA Controller (DMACA) Channel 0 to 3
EXDMAC
EXDMAC0 and 1
EXDMA Controller (EXDMAC) Channel 0 and 1
DTCa
DTCa
Data Transfer Controller (DTCa)
I/O
Port 0 to Port G
I/O Port 0 to G
MTU2
Unit0 (MTU0 to MTU5)
Multi-Function Timer Pulse Unit 2 (MTU2) Unit 0 (Channel 0 to 5)
*
Unit1 (MTU6 to MTU11)
Multi-Function Timer Pulse Unit 2 (MTU2) Unit 1 (Channel 6 to 11)
POE2
POE2
Port Output Enable 2 (POE2)
PPG
Group 0 to Group 7
Programmable Pulse Generator (PPG) Group 0 to 7
TMR
Unit0 (TMR0 and TMR1)
8-Bit Timer (TMR) Unit 0 (Channel 0 and 1)
Unit1 (TMR2 and TMR3)
8-Bit Timer (TMR) Unit 1 (Channel 2 and 3)
Unit0 (CMT0 and CMT1)
Compare Match Timer (CMT) Unit 0 (Channel 0 and 1)
Unit1 (CMT2 and CMT3)
Compare Match Timer (CMT) Unit 1 (Channel 2 and 3)
(Fastinterrupt, Software Interrupt, External Interrupt (NMI, IRQ0 to IRQ15) )
Buses
CMT
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 13 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Setting Up the Peripheral Modules
RTC
RTC
Real time Clock
WDT
WDT
Watchdog Timer
IWDT
IWDT
Independent Watchdog Timer
SCIa
SCI0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6
Serial Communications Interface (SCIa) Channel 0 to 3 and 5 to 6
CRC
CRC
CRC Calculator (CRC)
RIIC
RIIC0 and RIIC1
I2C Bus Interface (RIIC) Channel 0 and 1
RSPI
RSPI0 and RSPI1
Serial Peripheral Interface (RSPI) Channel 0 and 1
S12AD
S12AD0
12-Bit A/D Converter (S12AD) Unit 0
ADa
ADa0 to ADa3
10-Bit A/D Converter (ADa) Unit 0 to 3
D/A
DA0 and DA1
D/A Converter Channel 0 and 1
* Complementary PWM mode and reset-synchronized PWM are not supported
For how to set up the peripheral modules, refer to the user’s manual. For details on the setting of pin functions,
refer to section 3.2, Pin Functions.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 14 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Setting Up the Peripheral Modules
3.2 Pin Functions
Select the [SYSTEM] tab from the peripheral-module selection tabs and click on [Pin] in the resource pane
to open the pin-function pane.
Figure 3.2 Opening the Pin-Function Pane
The pin-function pane has [Pin function] and [Peripheral pin usage] sheets.
3.2.1
[Pin function] Sheet
The [Pin function] sheet shows all of the MCU pins in order.
Figure 3.3 Pin-Function Pane ([Pin function] Sheet)
The contents of each column are shown in table 3.2.
Table 3.2
Columns on the [Pin function] Sheet
Column
Description
Pin No.
Pin number
Pin name
Name of the pin (which shows all of the functions assigned to that pin)
Selected function
Pin function for the selected peripheral module
Direction
Input or output
State
Current state
When a peripheral module associated with input to or output from pins has been set up, the current setting
is shown on the [Pin function] sheet. In 176-pin LFBGA package, if you have set A/D converter AD0 in the
detailed settings pane up so that the input on analog input pin AN0 will be converted, for example, the [Pin
function] sheet shows the setting of pin C5 (P40/IRQ8/AN0) as follows.
Figre 3.4
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Display of selected pin function
Rev.1.04
Page 15 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Setting Up the Peripheral Modules
Setting up I/O port P40 in this state will cause a conflict between P40 and AN0 and a warning message will
be output as shown in figure 3.5.
Figre 3.5
Conflict between Pin Functions
Notes
•
Pin-by-pin designation of pin functions for RX62N-group MCUs is not possible because the settings of
peripheral modules automatically determine the pin functions. The assigned pin functions also cannot be
changed in this pane.
•
The allocations of some pin functions, however, can be changed on the [Peripheral pin usage] sheet.
•
If two or more output functions are enabled on a single pin, the pin only outputs the signal of the
function with the highest priority. For details, refer to the hardware manual.
3.2.2
[Peripheral pin usage] Sheet
The [Peripheral pin usage] sheet shows which pins are used by the corresponding peripheral module. The
pin functions specific to the peripheral module selected in the left section are listed in the right section.
Figure 3.6 Pin-Function Pane ([Peripheral pin usage] Sheet)
Table 3.3 lists the columns on the [Peripheral pin usage] sheet.
Table 3.3
Columns on the [Peripheral pin usage] Sheet
Column
Contents
Pin Name
Names of pins used by the peripheral module selected in the left section
Pin Function
Pin function
Assignment
Full name of the MCU pin, showing all of the functions assigned to that pin
Pin No.
Pin number
Direction
Input or output
State
Current state
When a peripheral module associated with input to or output from pins has been set up, the current setting
is shown on the [Peripheral pin usage] sheet. In 176-pin LFBGA package, if you have set external interrupt
IRQ9 in the detailed settings pane up, for example, the [Peripheral pin usage] sheet shows the setting of pin
IRQ9 as follows.
Figre 3.7
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Display of a Pin Function (Example)
Page 16 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Setting Up the Peripheral Modules
Then setting up I/O port P01, which uses the same pin as IRQ9, will cause a conflict between P01 and
IRQ9 and a warning message will be output as shown in figure 3.8.
Figure 3.8 Confliction between pin functions
Other pins to which IRQ9 can be assigned are selectable from a drop-down list box. Placing the mouse
pointer on the [Assignment] column brings up a drop-down button.
Figure 3.9 Drop-Down Button
Click on the drop-down button and select one of the options displayed in the list box.
Figure 3.10 Changing the Allocation of a Pin Function
If IRQ9 is assigned to P41/IRQ9/AN1 and that pin is not being used by any other peripheral module, the
conflict between P01 and IRQ9 can be resolved.
Figure 3.11 Display after Changing the Allocation
The pin functions for which you can select the assignment are listed in appendix 1, Pin Functions for which
the Allocation Can be Changed.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 17 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4. Specification of Generated Functions
Table 4.1 shows generated functions for the RX62N.
Table 4.1
Generated Functions for the RX62N
Clock-generation circuit
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_Clock_Set
Set up the clocks
R_PG_Clock_Start_SUB
Start the sub-clock oscillator
R_PG_Clock_Stop_SUB
Stop the sub-clock oscillator
R_PG_Clock_GetMainClockStatus
Get the main clock status
Voltage Detection Circuit (LVD)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_LVD_Set
Set up the voltage detection circuit
R_PG_LVD_GetLVDDetectionFlag
R_PG_LVD_GetLVDDetectionFlag
Low Power Consumption
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_LPC_Set
Set up the low power consumption functions.
R_PG_LPC_Sleep
Enter sleep mode.
R_PG_LPC_AllModuleClockStop
Enter all module clock stop mode.
R_PG_LPC_SoftwareStandby
Enter software standby mode
R_PG_LPC_DeepSoftwareStandby
Enter deep software standby mode
R_PG_LPC_IOPortRelease
Release retained I/O port state
R_PG_LPC_GetPowerOnResetFlag
Acquire the value of the power-on reset flag
R_PG_LPC_GetLVDDetectionFlag
Acquire the value of the LVD detection flag
R_PG_LPC_GetDeepSoftwareStandbyResetFlag
Acquire the value of the deep software
standby reset flag
R_PD_LPC_GetDeepSoftwareStandbyCancelFlag
Acquire the value of the deep software
standby cancel flag
R_PG_LPC_GetStatus
Get the status of the low power consumption
functions
R_PG_LPC_WriteBackup
Write data into the backup registers
R_PG_LPC_ReadBackup
Read data from the backup registers
Interrupt controller (ICU)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_<interrupt type>
Set up an external interrupt
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Disable_<interrupt type>
Disable an external interrupt
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_GetRequestFlag_<interrupt type>
Get an external interrupt request flag
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_ClearRequestFlag_<interrupt type>
Clear an external interrupt request flag
R_PG_SoftwareInterrupt_Set
Set up the software interrupt
R_PG_SoftwareInterrupt_Generate
Generate the software interrupt
R_PG_FastInterrupt_Set
Set an interrupt as the fast interrupt
R_PG_Exception_Set
Set exception handlers
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 18 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
Buses
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_ExtBus_SetBus
Set up the bus pins and bus error monitoring
R_PG_ExtBus_GetErrorStatus
Acquire the status of bus error generation
R_PG_ExtBus_ClearErrorFlags
Clear the bus-error status registers
R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_CS<area number>
Set up CS area
R_PG_ExtBus_DisableArea_CS<area number>
Disable CS area
R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_SDCS
Set up SDRAM area (SDCS)
R_PG_ExtBus_Initialize_SDCS
Start the SDRAM initialization sequence
R_PG_ExtBus_AutoRefreshEnable_SDCS
Enable the SDRAM auto refresh
R_PG_ExtBus_AutoRefreshDisable_SDCS
Disable the SDRAM auto refresh
R_PG_ExtBus_SelfRefreshEnable_SDCS
Enable the SDRAM self refresh
R_PG_ExtBus_SelfRefreshDisable_SDCS
Disable the SDRAM self refresh
R_PG_ExtBus_AccessEnable_SDCS
Enable SDRAM operation
R_PG_ExtBus_AccessDisable_SDCS
Disable SDRAM operation
R_PG_ExtBus_GetStatus_SDCS
Get the status of SDRAM
DMAC controller (DMAC)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C<channel number>
Set up a DMAC channel
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C<channel number>
Make the DMAC be ready for the start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_StartTransfer_C<channel number>
Start the data transfer (Software trigger)
R_PG_DMAC_Suspend_C<channel number>
Suspend the data transfer
R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferCount_C<channel number>
Get the transfer counter value
R_PG_DMAC_SetTransferCount_C<channel number>
Set the transfer counter
R_PG_DMAC_GetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C<channel number>
Get the repeat/block size counter value
R_PG_DMAC_SetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C<channel number>
Set the repeat/block size count
R_PG_DMAC_ClearInterruptFlag_C<channel number>
Get and clear the interrupt request flag
R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferEndFlag_C<channel number>
Get the transfer end flag
R_PG_DMAC_ClearTransferEndFlag_C<channel number>
Clear the transfer end flag
R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel number>
R_PG_DMAC_ClearTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel number>
Get the transfer escape end flag
R_PG_DMAC_SetSrcAddress_C<channel number>
Set the source address
R_PG_DMAC_SetDestAddress_C<channel number>
Set the destination address
R_PG_DMAC_SetAddressOffset_C<channel number>
Set the address offset
R_PG_DMAC_SetExtendedRepeatSrc_C<channel number>
Set the source address extended repeat
value
Set the destination address extended repeat
value
R_PG_DMAC_SetExtendedRepeatDest_C<channel number>
R_PG_DMAC_StopModule
Clear the escape transfer end flag
Shut down the all channels of DMAC
EXDMAC controller (EXDMAC)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C<channel number>
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C<channel number>
Set up an EXDMAC channel
Make the EXDMAC be ready for the start
trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_StartTransfer_C<channel number>
Start the data transfer (Software trigger)
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 19 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_EXDMAC_Suspend_C<channel number>
Suspend the data transfer
R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferCount_C<channel number>
Get the transfer counter value
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetTransferCount_C<channel number>
R_PG_EXDMAC_GetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C<channel
number>
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C<channel
number>
Set the transfer counter
Get the repeat/block/cluster size counter
value
Set the repeat/block/cluster size counter
value
R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearInterruptFlag_C<channel number>
Get and clear the interrupt request flag
R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferEndFlag_C<channel number>
Get the transfer end flag
R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearTransferEndFlag_C<channel number>
R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel
number>
R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel
number>
Clear the transfer end flag
Get the transfer escape end flag
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetSrcAddress_C<channel number>
Set the source address
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetDestAddress_C<channel number>
Set the destiation address
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetAddressOffset_C<channel number>
Set the address offset
Set the source address extended repeat
value
Set the destination address extended repeat
value
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetExtendedRepeatSrc_C<channel number>
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetExtendedRepeatDest_C<channel number>
R_PG_EXDMAC_StopModule_C<channel number>
Clear the transfer escape end flag
Stop the EXDMAC channel
Data Transfer Controller (DTCa)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_DTC_Set
Set up the DTC
R_PG_DTC_Set_<trigger source>
Set up DTC transfer data
R_PG_DTC_Activate
Make DTC be ready for the trigger
R_PG_DTC_SuspendTransfer
Stop transfer
R_PG_DTC_GetTransmitStatus
Get transfer status
R_PG_DTC_StopModule
Shut down the DTC
I/O port
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_IO_PORT_Set_P<port number>
Set the I/O ports
R_PG_IO_PORT_Set_P<port number><pin number>
Set an I/O port (one pin)
R_PG_IO_PORT_Read_P<port number>
Read data from an I/O port register
R_PG_IO_PORT_Read_P<port number><pin number>
Read a bit from an I/O port register
R_PG_IO_PORT_Write_P<port number>
Write data to an I/O port data register
R_PG_IO_PORT_Write_P <port number><pin number>
Write a bit to an I/O port data register
Multi-Function Timer Pulse Unit 2 (MTU2)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
Set up the MTU
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel
number>(_<phase>)
Start the MTU count operation
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel
number>(_<phase>)
Halt the MTU count operation
R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel
number>
Acquire the MTU counter value
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 20 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_Timer_SetCounterValue_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel
number>
Set the counter value
R_PG_Timer_GetRequestFlag_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel
number>
Acquire the interrupt request flag
R_PG_Timer_StopModule_MTU_U<unit number>
Shut down the MTU unit
R_PG_Timer_GetTGR_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
R_PG_Timer_SetTGR_<general register>_MTU_U<unit
number>_C<channel number>
R_PG_Timer_SetBuffer_AD_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel
number>
Acquire the general register values
Set the general register A value
Set A/D converter start request cycle set
buffer registers
Port Output Enable 2 (POE2)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_POE_Set
Set up the POE
Place the MTU output pins in
high-impedance state
R_PG_POE_SetHiZ_MTU<MTU channel number>
R_PG_POE_GetRequestFlagHiZ_MTU<MTU channel number>
R_PG_POE_GetShortFlag_MTU<MTU channel number1>_<MTU
channel number2>
Acquire the high-impedance request flags
Acquire the MTU output short flags
R_PG_POE_ClearFlag_MTU<MTU channel number>
Clear the high-impedance request flags and
the output short flags
Programmable Pulse Generator (PPG)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_PPG_StartOutput_U<unit number>_G<group number>
Set up the PPG and start outputting
R_PG_PPG_StopOutput_U<unit number>_G<group number>
R_PG_PPG_SetOutputValue_ U<unit number>_G<group
number>
R_PG_PPG_SetOutputValue_ U<unit number>_G<group
number1>_G<group number2>
Stop outputting
Set the output value of single group
Set the output value for a pair of groups
8-bit timer (TMR)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_Timer_Start_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>)
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel
number>)
R_PG_Timer_ResumeCount_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel
number>)
R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel
number>)
R_PG_Timer_SetCounterValue_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel
number>)
R_PG_Timer_GetRequestFlag_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel
number>)
Set a TMR and start it counting
R_PG_Timer_StopModule _TMR_U<unit number>
Shut down a TMR unit
Halt counting by a TMR
Resume counting by a TMR
Get the counter value of a TMR
Set the counter value of a TMR
Acquire and clear the TMR interrupt flags
Compare Match Timer (CMT)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_Timer_Start_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
Set up the CMT and start the count operation
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel
number>
R_PG_Timer_ResumeCount_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel
number>
R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel
Halt the CMT count operation
Resume the CMT count operation
Acquire the CMT counter value
number>
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 21 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
R_PG_Timer_SetCounterValue_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel
Specification of Generated Functions
Set the CMT counter value
number>
R_PG_Timer_StopModule _CMT_U<unit number>
Shut down the CMT unit
Realtime Clock (RTC)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_RTC_Set
Set up the RTC and start the count operation
R_PG_RTC_Stop
Halt the RTC count operation
R_PG_RTC_Restart
Resume the RTC count operation
R_PG_RTC_SetCurrentTime
Set the current time
R_PG_RTC_SetAlarmTime
Set the alarm time
R_PG_RTC_Alarm_Control
Enable/Disable the alarm
R_PG_RTC_Adjust30sec
Start the 30-second adjustment process
R_PG_RTC_SetPeriodicInterrupt
Set the interval for the periodic interrupt
R_PG_RTC_GetStatus
Get the status of RTC
R_PG_RTC_ClockOut_Disable
Enable the clock output
R_PG_RTC_ClockOut_Enable
Disable the clock output
Watchdog Timer (WDT)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_Timer_Start_WDT
Set up the WDT and start the count
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_WDT
Stop the count operation
R_PG_Timer_ResetCounter_WDT
Reset the counter
R_PG_Timer_ClearOverflowFlag_WDT
Clear the counter overflow flag
Independent Watchdog Timer (IWDT)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_Timer_Set_IWDT
Set up the IWDT
R_PG_Timer_RefreshCounter_IWDT
Refresh the counter
R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_IWDT
Acquire the IWDT counter value
R_PG_Timer_ClearUnderflowFlag_IWDT
Acquire and clear the underflow flag
Serial Communications Interface (SCIa)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_SCI_Set_C<channel number>
Set up a SCIa channel
R_PG_SCI_StartSending_C<channel number>
Start the data transmission
R_PG_SCI_SendAllData_C<channel number>
Transmit all data
R_PG_SCI_GetSentDataCount_C<channel number>
Acquire the number of transmitted data
R_PG_SCI_StartReceiving_C<channel number>
Start the data reception
R_PG_SCI_ReceiveAllData_C<channel number>
Receive all data
R_PG_SCI_StopCommunication_C<channel number>
Stop transmission and reception
R_PG_SCI_GetReceivedDataCount_C<channel number>
Acquire the number of received data
R_PG_SCI_GetReceptionErrorFlag_C<channel number>
Get the serial reception error flag
R_PG_SCI_GetTransmitStatus_C<channel number>
Get the state of transmission
R_PG_SCI_SendTargetStationID_C<channel number>
Transmits the ID code of the receiving
station
R_PG_SCI_ReceiveStationID_C<channel number>
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Receives the ID code matches the ID of the
Page 22 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
receiving station itself
R_PG_SCI_StopModule_C<channel number>
Shut down a SCIa channel
CRC Calculator (CRC)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_CRC_Set
Set up CRC calculator
R_PG_CRC_InputData
Input a data to CRC calculator
R_PG_CRC_GetResult
Get the the result of calculation
R_PG_CRC_StopModule
Shut down CRC Calculator
I2C Bus Interface (RIIC)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_I2C_Set_C<channel number>
Set up the I2C bus interface channel
R_PG_I2C_MasterReceive_C<channel number>
Master data reception
R_PG_I2C_MasterReceiveLast_C<channel number>
Complete a master reception process
R_PG_I2C_MasterSend_C<channel number>
Master data transmission
R_PG_I2C_MasterSendWithoutStop_C<channel number>
Master data transmission (No stop condition)
R_PG_I2C_GenerateStopCondition_C<channel number>
Generate a stop condition
R_PG_I2C_GetBusState_C<channel number>
Get the bus status
R_PG_I2C_SlaveMonitor_C<channel number>
Slave bus monitor
R_PG_I2C_SlaveSend_C<channel number>
Slave data transmission
R_PG_I2C_GetDetectedAddress_C<channel number>
Get the detected address
R_PG_I2C_GetTR_C<channel number>
Get the transmit/receive mode
R_PG_I2C_GetEvent_C<channel number>
Get the detected event
R_PG_I2C_GetReceivedDataCount_C<channel number>
Acquires the count of transmitted data
R_PG_I2C_GetSentDataCount_C<channel number>
Acquires the count of received data
R_PG_I2C_Reset_C<channel number>
Reset the bus
R_PG_I2C_StopModule_C<channel number>
Shut down the I2C bus interface channel
Serial Peripheral Interface (RSPI)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_RSPI_Set_C<channel number>
Set up a RSPI channel
R_PG_RSPI_SetCommand_C<channel number>
Set commands
R_PG_RSPI_StartTransfer_C<channel number>
Start the data transfer
R_PG_RSPI_TransferAllData_C<channel number>
Transfer all data
R_PG_RSPI_GetStatus_C<channel number>
Acquire the transfer status
R_PG_RSPI_GetError_C<channel number>
Acquire the error flags
R_PG_RSPI_GetCommandStatus_C<channel number>
Acquire the command status
R_PG_RSPI_StopModule_C<channel number>
Shut down a RSPI channel
R_PG_RSPI_LoopBack<loopback mode>_C<channel number>
Set loopback mode
12-Bit A/D Converter (S12AD)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_ADC_12_Set_S12AD0
Set up the 12-Bit A/D Converter
R_PG_ADC_12_StartConversionSW_S12AD0(void)
Start A/D conversion (Software trigger)
R_PG_ADC_12_StopConversion_S12AD0
Stop A/D conversion
R_PG_ADC_12_GetResult_S12AD0
Acquire the result of A/D conversion
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 23 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
R_PG_ADC_12_StopModule_S12AD0
Specification of Generated Functions
Shut down the 12-Bit A/D converter
10-Bit A/D Converter (ADa)
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_ADC_10_Set_AD<unit number>
Set up the 10-Bit A/D Converter (ADa)
R_PG_ADC_10_StartConversionSW_AD<unit number>
Start A/D conversion (software trigger)
R_PG_ADC_10_StopConversion_AD<unit number>
Stop A/D conversion
R_PG_ADC_10_GetResult_AD<unit number>
Get the result of A/D conversion
R_PG_ADC_10_SetSelfDiag_VREF_<voltage>_AD<unit number>
Set up the A/D self-diagnostic function
R_PG_ADC_10_StartSelfDiag_AD<unit number>
Start the A/D conversion (Self-diagnostic
function)
R_PG_ADC_10_StopModule_AD<unit number>
Shut down the 10-Bit A/D Converter (ADa)
D/A Converter
Generated Function
Description
R_PG_DAC_Set_C<channel number>
R_PG_DAC_SetWithInitialValue_C<channel number>
Set up a D/A converter channel
Set up a D/A converter channel and input the
data
R_PG_DAC_StopOutput_C<channel number>
Stop output
R_PG_DAC_ControlOutput_C<channel number>
Input the data
R_PG_DAC_Set_C0_C1
Set up the D/A converter channel (DA0 and
DA1)
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 24 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.1 Clock-Generation Circuit
4.1.1
R_PG_Clock_Set
Definition
bool R_PG_Clock_Set(void)
Description
Set up the clocks
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_Clock.c
RPDL function
R_CGC_Set
Details
•
Sets registers in the clock-generation circuit and multiplication ratios to derive the system
clock (ICLK), peripheral module clock (PCLK), external bus clock (BCLK), and
SDRAM clock (SDCLK) from EXTAL.
•
Sets the oscillation stop detection function.
•
Sets the pin output of the external bus clock (BCLK) and the SDRAM clock (SDCLK).
•
The sub-clock oscillator shall be stopped in this function. To start or stop the sub-clock
oscillator, use R_PG_Clock_Start_SUB or R_PG_Clock_Stop_SUB.
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Set the clock-generation circuit.
R_PG_Clock_Set();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 25 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.1.2
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_Clock_Start_SUB
Definition
bool R_PG_Clock_Start_SUB(void)
Description
Start the sub-clock oscillator
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_Clock.c
RPDL function
R_CGC_Control
Details
•
This function starts the sub-clock oscillator.
•
The sub-clock oscillator shall be stopped in the function R_PG_Clock_Set. To start the
sub-clock oscillator after calling R_PG_Clock_Set, call this function.
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Set the clock-generation circuit.
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Start the sub-clock oscillator.
R_PG_Clock_Start_SUB();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 26 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.1.3
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_Clock_Stop_SUB
Definition
bool R_PG_Clock_Stop_SUB(void)
Description
Stop the sub-clock oscillator
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_Clock.c
RPDL function
R_CGC_Control
Details
Example
•
This function stops the sub-clock oscillator.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func1(void)
{
//Set the clock-generation circuit.
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Start the sub-clock oscillator.
R_PG_Clock_Start_SUB();
}
void func2(void)
{
//Stop the sub-clock oscillator.
R_PG_Clock_Stop_SUB();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 27 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.1.4
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_Clock_GetMainClockStatus
Definition
bool R_PG_Clock_GetMainClockStatus(bool * stop)
Description
Get the main clock oscillation stop detection flag
Conditions for
The main clock oscillator stop detection function is enabled
output
Parameter
bool * stop
The address of storage area for the main clock oscillation stop flag
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
File for output
R_PG_Clock.c
RPDL function
R_CGC_GetStatus
Details
•
This function gets the main clock oscillation stop detection flag.
•
To generate the NMI when the main clock oscillator stop is detected, enable the
oscillation stop detection interrupt through the NMI settings in GUI. The NMI can be set
up by the function R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_NMI.
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
bool main_stop;
void func(void)
{
// Get the main clock oscillation stop detection flag
R_PG_Clock_GetMainClockStatus(&main_stop);
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 28 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.2 Voltage Detection Circuit (LVD)
4.2.1
R_PG_LVD_Set
Definition
bool R_PG_LVD_Set (void)
Description
Set up the voltage detection circuit.
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_LVD.c
RPDL function
R_LVD_Control
Details
•
This function sets the operation (internal reset or interrupt) when low voltage is detected.
•
Both LVD1 and LVD2 can be set up in one function call.
•
When an interrupt is selected as the operation in case of low voltage detection, NMI
must be set up. To generate the NMI when low voltage is detected, enable the
power-voltage falling detection interrupt through the NMI settings in GUI. The NMI can
be set up by the function R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_NMI.
•
Use R_PG_LVD_GetLVDDetectionFlag to acquire the low voltage detection flags
(LVD1 and LVD2).
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
// Set up the voltage detection circuit.
R_PG_LVD_Set (void);
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 29 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.2.2
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_LVD_GetLVDDetectionFlag
Definition
bool R_PG_LVD_GetLVDDetectionFlag (bool * lvd1, bool * lvd2)
Description
Acquire the value of the LVD detection flags.
Parameter
bool * lvd1
The address of storage area for the LVD1 detection flag
bool * lvd2
The address of storage area for the LVD2 detection flag
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
Return value
File for output
R_PG_LVD.c
RPDL function
R_LPC_GetStatus
Details
Example
•
This function acquires the value of the LVD detection flag.
•
Specify 0 for a flag that is not required.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
bool lvd1;
bool lvd2;
void func(void)
{
// Acquire the LVD1 and LVD2 flags.
R_PG_LVD_GetLVDDetectionFlag ( &lvd1, &lvd2);
if( lvd1 ){
//Processing when the LVD1 is detected
}
if( lvd2 ){
//Processing when the LVD2 is detected
}
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 30 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.3 Low Power Consumption
4.3.1
R_PG_LPC_Set
Definition
bool R_PG_LPC_Set (void)
Description
Set up the low power consumption functions.
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_LPC.c
RPDL function
R_LPC_Create
Details
Example
•
This function configures the low power conditions.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
// Set up the low power consumption functions.
R_PG_LPC_Set (void);
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 31 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.3.2
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_LPC_Sleep
Definition
bool R_PG_LPC_Sleep (void)
Description
Enter sleep mode.
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_LPC.c
RPDL function
R_LPC_Control
Details
Example
•
This function set the system to sleep mode.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
// Enter sleep mode.
R_PG_LPC_Sleep();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 32 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.3.3
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_LPC_AllModuleClockStop
Definition
bool R_PG_LPC_AllModuleClockStop (void)
Description
Enter all module clock stop mode.
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_LPC.c
RPDL function
R_LPC_Control
Details
•
This function sets the system to all module clock stop mode.
•
Before entering all module clock stop mode, this function sets TMR unit which is
allowed to operate while all module clock stop mode.
•
By default, TMR stops while the MCU is in all module clock stop mode. To prevent
stopping TMR in all module clock stop mode, select the TMR unit that you wish to
operate through the GUI.
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
// Enter all module clock stop mode.
R_PG_LPC_AllModuleClockStop();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 33 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.3.4
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_LPC_SoftwareStandby
Definition
bool R_PG_LPC_SoftwareStandby(void)
Description
Enter software standby mode.
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_LPC.c
RPDL function
R_LPC_Control
Details
•
This function set the system to software standby mode.
•
Call R_PG_LPC_Set before calling this function to set the operation during software
standby mode.
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
// Set up the low power consumption functions.
R_PG_LPC_Set();
// Enter software standby mode.
R_PG_LPC_SoftwareStandby();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 34 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.3.5
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_LPC_DeepSoftwareStandby
Definition
bool R_PG_LPC_DeepSoftwareStandby(void)
Description
Enter deep software standby mode.
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_LPC.c
RPDL function
R_LPC_Control
Details
•
This function set the system to deep software standby mode.
•
Call R_PG_LPC_Set before calling this function to set the operation during deep
software standby mode and release triggers.
•
The deep software standby cancel flag is set to 1 when a cancel request is generated in
any mode. In this function, the deep software standby cancel flag is not cleared before
entering deep software standby mode. Clear the deep software standby cancel flag before
calling this function by R_PD_LPC_GetDeepSoftwareStandbyCancelFlag.
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
// Set up the low power consumption functions.
R_PG_LPC_Set();
// Clear deep software standby cancel flag.
R_PD_LPC_GetDeepSoftwareStandbyCancelFlag(0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
// Enter deep software standby mode.
R_PG_LPC_DeepSoftwareStandby();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 35 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.3.6
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_LPC_IOPortRelease
Definition
bool R_PG_LPC_IOPortRelease (void)
Description
Release retained I/O port state.
Conditions for
On the GUI, [Release retained port state when 0 is written to the IOKEEP bit after release
output
from deep software standby mode] is selected for the setting of [I/O port state retention].
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_LPC.c
RPDL function
R_LPC_Control
Details
•
This function releases I/O ports from the retention state after the system is releasd from
deep software standby mode.
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
// Release I/O ports from the retention state
R_PG_LPC_IOPortRelease();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 36 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.3.7
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_LPC_GetPowerOnResetFlag
Definition
bool R_PG_LPC_GetPowerOnResetFlag (bool *reset)
Description
Acquire the value of the power-on reset flag.
Parameter
bool *reset
The address of storage area for the power-on reset flag
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
File for output
R_PG_LPC.c
RPDL function
R_LPC_GetStatus
Details
•
This function acquires the value of the power-on reset flag.
•
The RSTSR.LVD1F ( LVD1 detection flag), RSTSR.LVD2F( LVD2 detection flag),
RSTSR.DPSRSTF (deep software standby reset flag) and DPSIFR(deep software
standby cancel request flags) are cleared by calling this function. Use
R_PG_LPC_GetStatus instead of this function to get these flags simultaneously if
•
needed.
RSTSR.PORF( power-on reset flag) is only initialized by a pin reset.
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
bool reset;
void func(void)
{
// Acquire the power-on reset flags.
R_PG_LPC_GetPowerOnResetFlag( &reset );
if( reset ){
// Processing when the power-on reset is detected
}
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 37 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.3.8
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_LPC_GetLVDDetectionFlag
Definition
bool R_PG_LPC_GetLVDDetectionFlag (bool * lvd1, bool * lvd2)
Description
Acquire the value of the LVD detection flags.
Parameter
bool * lvd1
The address of storage area for the LVD1 detection flag
bool * lvd2
The address of storage area for the LVD2 detection flag
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
Return value
File for output
R_PG_LPC.c
RPDL function
R_LPC_GetStatus
Details
•
This function acquires the value of the LVD detection flags.
•
Specify the address of storage area for the flags to be acquired.
•
Specify 0 for a flag that is not required.
•
The RSTSR.LVD1F ( LVD1 detection flag), RSTSR.LVD2F( LVD2 detection flag),
RSTSR.DPSRSTF (deep software standby reset flag) and DPSIFR(deep software
standby cancel request flags) are cleared by calling this function. Use
R_PG_LPC_GetStatus instead of this function to get these flags simultaneously if
needed.
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
bool lvd1;
bool lvd2;
void func(void)
{
// Acquire the LVD1 and LVD2 flags.
R_PG_LPC_GetLVDDetectionFlag ( &lvd1, &lvd2);
if( lvd1 ){
//Processing when the LVD1 is detected
}
if( lvd2 ){
//Processing when the LVD2 is detected
}
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 38 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.3.9
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_LPC_GetDeepSoftwareStandbyResetFlag
Definition
bool R_PG_LPC_GetDeepSoftwareStandbyResetFlag(bool *reset)
Description
Acquire the value of the deep software standby reset flag.
Parameter
bool *reset
The address of storage area for the deep software standby reset flag
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
File for output
R_PG_LPC.c
RPDL function
R_LPC_GetStatus
Details
•
This function acquires the value of the deep software standby reset flag.
•
The RSTSR.LVD1F ( LVD1 detection flag), RSTSR.LVD2F( LVD2 detection flag),
RSTSR.DPSRSTF (deep software standby reset flag) and DPSIFR(deep software
standby cancel request flags) are cleared by calling this function. Use
R_PG_LPC_GetStatus instead of this function to get these flags simultaneously if
needed.
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
bool reset;
void func(void)
{
// Acquire the deep software standby reset flag.
R_PG_LPC_GetDeepSoftwareStandbyResetFlag ( &reset);
if( reset ){
//Processing when the deep software standby reset is detected
}
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 39 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.3.10 R_PD_LPC_GetDeepSoftwareStandbyCancelFlag
bool R_PD_LPC_GetDeepSoftwareStandbyCancelFlag
Definition
(bool *irq0, bool *irq1, bool *irq2, bool *irq3, bool *lvd, bool *rtc, bool *usb, bool *nmi)
Description
Acquire the value of the deep software standby cancel request flags.
Parameter
bool *irq0
The address of storage area for the flag of cancel request by IRQ0
bool *irq1
The address of storage area for the flag of cancel request by IRQ1
bool *irq2
The address of storage area for the flag of cancel request by IRQ2
bool *irq3
The address of storage area for the flag of cancel request by IRQ3
bool *lvd
The address of storage area for the flag of cancel request by LVD
bool *rtc
The address of storage area for the flag of cancel request by RTC
bool *usb
The address of storage area for the flag of cancel request by USB
bool *nmi
The address of storage area for the flag of cancel request by NMI
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
Return value
File for output
R_PG_LPC.c
RPDL function
R_LPC_GetStatus
Details
•
This function acquires the value of the deep software standby cancel request flags.
•
Specify the address of storage area for the flags to be acquired.
•
Specify 0 for a flag that is not required.
•
The RSTSR.LVD1F ( LVD1 detection flag), RSTSR.LVD2F( LVD2 detection flag),
RSTSR.DPSRSTF (deep software standby reset flag) and DPSIFR(deep software
standby cancel request flags) are cleared by calling this function. Use
R_PG_LPC_GetStatus instead of this function to get these flags simultaneously if
needed.
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
bool irq0;
bool nmi;
void func(void)
{
// Acquire the deep software standby cancel request flags (IQR0-A and NMI)
R_PD_LPC_GetDeepSoftwareStandbyCancelFlag ( &irq0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, &nmi );
if( irq0 ){
// Processing when the deep software standby cancel request
// form IRQ0-A is detected
}
if( nmi ){
// Processing when the deep software standby cancel request form NMI is detected
}
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 40 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.3.11 R_PG_LPC_GetStatus
Definition
bool R_PG_LPC_GetStatus(uint16_t *data)
Description
Get the status of the low power consumption functions.
Parameter
uint16_t *data
The address of storage area for the status data
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
File for output
R_PG_LPC.h
RPDL function
R_LPC_GetStatus
Details
•
This function acquires the reset status and deep software standby cancel request flags.
•
When calling this function, the function of RPDL R_PG_LPC_GetStatus is called
directly.
•
The status flags shall be stored in the format below.
b15
b14-b11
b10
b9
b8
LVD2
LVD1
Reset status (RSTSR) (0: not detected; 1: detected)
Deep software
reset
b7
0
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
Power-on
reset
b1
b0
Deep software standby cancel request detection (DPSIFR) (0: not detected; 1: detected)
NMI
•
USB suspend/
resume
RTC
LVD
IRQ3-A
IRQ2-A
IRQ1-A
IRQ0-A
The RSTSR( LVD detection flags, deep software standby reset flag) and DPSIFR(deep
software standby cancel request flags) are cleared by calling this function.
•
Example
RSTSR.PORF( power-on reset flag) is only initialized by a pin reset.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint16_t data;
void func(void)
{
// Acquire the LPC status
R_PG_LPC_GetStatus( &data );
//Has deep software standby reset been detected?
if( (data >> 15) & 0x1 ){
if( (data >> 7) &0x1){
// Processing when the deep software standby is canceled by NMI
}
else if( data &0x1){
// Processing when the deep software standby is canceled by IRQ0-A
}
}
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 41 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.3.12 R_PG_LPC_WriteBackup
Definition
bool R_PG_LPC_WriteBackup (uint8_t * data, uint8_t count)
Description
Write data into the deep standby backup registers.
Parameter
uint8_t * data
The start address of data to be written to the backup area.
uint8_t count
The number of bytes to be written to the backup area. Valid from 1 to 32.
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
Return value
File for output
R_PG_LPC.h
RPDL function
R_LPC_WriteBackup
Details
•
Writes data into the deep standby backup registers.
•
When calling this function, the function of RPDL R_LPC_WriteBackup is called
directly.
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t w_data[]=”ABCDEFG”;
uint8_t r_data[]=”-------”;
void func1(void)
{
// Set up the low power consumption functions.
R_PG_LPC_Set();
// Write data into the deep standby backup registers
R_PG_LPC_WriteBackup( w_data, 7 );
// Enter deep software standby mode.
R_PG_LPC_DeepSoftwareStandby();
}
void func2(void)
{
// Read data from the deep standby backup registers
R_PG_LPC_ReadBackup( r_data, 7 );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 42 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.3.13 R_PG_LPC_ReadBackup
Definition
bool R_PG_LPC_ReadBackup (uint8_t * data, uint8_t count)
Description
Read data from the deep standby backup registers.
Parameter
uint8_t * data
The start address of storage area for the data read from the backup area.
uint8_t count
The number of bytes to be read from the backup area. Valid from 1 to 32.
true
Acquisition succeeded.
false
Acquisition failed.
Return value
File for output
R_PG_LPC.h
RPDL function
R_LPC_ReadBackup
Details
•
Reads data from the deep standby backup registers.
•
When calling this function, the function of RPDL R_LPC_ReadBackup is called
directly.
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t w_data[]=”ABCDEFG”;
uint8_t r_data[]=”-------”;
void func1(void)
{
// Set up the low power consumption functions.
R_PG_LPC_Set();
// Write data into the deep standby backup registers
R_PG_LPC_WriteBackup( w_data, 7 );
// Enter deep software standby mode.
R_PG_LPC_DeepSoftwareStandby();
}
void func2(void)
{
// Read data from the deep standby backup registers
R_PG_LPC_ReadBackup( r_data, 7 );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 43 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.4 Interrupt Controller (ICUa)
4.4.1
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_<interrupt type>
bool R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_<interrupt type> (void)
Definition
<interrupt type>: IRQ0 to IRQ15 or NMI
Description
Set up an external interrupt
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_<interrupt type>.c
<interrupt type>: IRQ0 to IRQ15 or NMI
RPDL function
Details
R_INTC_CreateExtInterrupt
•
Enables an external interrupt (IRQ0 to IRQ15 or NMI) and sets the input direction and
input buffer for the pins to be used for the external interrupt signal. For IRQn, the pin to
be used (IRQn-A/B) is set according to the selection in the [Peripheral Pin Usage]
window.
•
When the name of the interrupt notification function has been specified in the GUI, if an
interrupt occurs in the CPU, the function having the specified name will be called. Create
the interrupt notification function as follows:
void <name of the interrupt notification function> (void)
For the interrupt notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on
Notification Functions.
•
If the interrupt propriety level is set to 0 in the GUI, an interrupt handler will not be called
even when the external interrupt is input. The request flag can be acquired by calling
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_GetRequestFlag_<interrupt type> and the flag can be cleared by
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_ClearRequestFlag_<interrupt type>.
Example1
A case where Irq0IntFunc has been specified as the name of an interrupt notification
function:
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Set IRQ0.
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ0();
}
//IRQ0 notification function
void Irq0IntFunc (void)
{
func_irq0();
//Processing of IRQ0
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 44 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example2
Specification of Generated Functions
A case where the interrupt propriety level is set to 0:
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
bool flag;
//Set IRQ0.
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ0();
do{
//Acquire the interrupt request flag for IRQ0.
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_GetRequestFlag_IRQ0( &flag );
}while( ! flag )
func_irq0();
//Processing of IRQ0
//Clear the interrupt request flag for IRQ0.
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_ClearRequestFlag_IRQ0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 45 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.4.2
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Disable_<interrupt type>
Definition
bool R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Disable_<interrupt type> (void)
<interrupt type>: IRQ0 to IRQ15
Description
Disable an external interrupt
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_<interrupt type>.c
<interrupt type>: IRQ0 to IRQ15
RPDL function
Details
R_INTC_ControlExtInterrupt
•
Disables an external interrupt (IRQ0 to IRQ15).
•
Settings of the input/output direction and input buffer for the pin being used for the
external interrupt signal are retained.
Example
A case where Irq0IntFunc has been specified as the name of an interrupt notification
function:
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Set IRQ0.
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ0();
}
//External interrupt (IRQ0) notification function
void Irq0IntFunc (void)
{
//Disable IRQ0.
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Disable_IRQ0();
func_irq0();
//Processing of IRQ0
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 46 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.4.3
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_GetRequestFlag_<interrupt type>
bool R_PG_ExtInterrupt_GetRequestFlag_<interrupt type> (bool * flag)
Definition
<interrupt type>: IRQ0 to IRQ15 or NMI
Description
Get an external interrupt request flag
Parameter
bool * flag
The address of storage area for the interrupt request flag
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
File for output
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_<interrupt type>.c
<interrupt type>: IRQ0 to IRQ15 or NMI
RPDL function
Details
R_INTC_GetExtInterruptStatus
•
Acquires the interrupt request flag for an external interrupt (IRQ0 to IRQ15 or NMI).
When an interrupt is requested, ‘true’ is entered in the specified destination for storage of
the flag’s value.
Example
A case where the interrupt propriety level is set to 0:
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
bool flag;
//Set IRQ0.
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ0();
do{
//Acquire the interrupt request flag for IRQ0.
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_GetRequestFlag_IRQ0( &flag );
}while( ! flag )
func_irq0();
//Processing of IRQ0
//Clear the interrupt request flag for IRQ0.
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_ClearRequestFlag_IRQ0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 47 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.4.4
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_ClearRequestFlag_<interrupt type>
bool R_PG_ExtInterrupt_ClearRequestFlag_<interrupt type> (void)
Definition
<interrupt type>: IRQ0 to IRQ15 or NMI
Description
Clear an external interrupt request flag
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Clearing succeeded
false
Clearing failed
File for output
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_<interrupt type>.c
<interrupt type>: IRQ0 to IRQ15 or NMI
RPDL function
Details
R_INTC_ControlExtInterrupt
•
Clears the interrupt request flag for an external interrupt (IRQ0 to IRQ15 or NMI).
•
If the level-sensitive interrupt is selected, the interrupt request flag is cleared when
high-level is input to the interrupt pin. The request flag of level-sensitive interrupt cannot
be cleared by this function.
Example
A case where the interrupt propriety level is set to 0:
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
bool flag;
//Set IRQ0.
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ0();
do{
//Acquire the interrupt request flag for IRQ0.
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_GetRequestFlag_IRQ0( &flag );
}while( ! flag )
func_irq0();
//Processing of IRQ0
//Clear the interrupt request flag for IRQ0.
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_ClearRequestFlag_IRQ0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 48 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.4.5
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_SoftwareInterrupt_Set
Definition
bool R_PG_SoftwareInterrupt_Set(void)
Description
Set up the software interrupt
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_SoftwareInterrupt.c
RPDL function
R_INTC_CreateSoftwareInterrupt
Details
•
Sets up the software interrupt.
•
The software interrupt cannot be generated by calling this function. To generate the
software interrupt, call R_PG_SoftwareInterrupt_Generate.
Example
A case where SwIntFunc was specified as the name of the software interrupt notification
function in the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void SwIntFunc(void);
void func(void)
{
//Set up the software interrupt
R_PG_SoftwareInterrupt_Set();
//Generate the software interrupt
R_PG_SoftwareInterrupt_Generate();
}
void SwIntFunc(void)
{
//Processing of software interrupt
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 49 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.4.6
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_SoftwareInterrupt_Generate
Definition
bool R_PG_SoftwareInterrupt_Generate(void)
Description
Generate the software interrupt
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_SoftwareInterrupt.c
RPDL function
R_INTC_Write
Details
•
Generates the software interrupt.
•
Call R_PG_SoftwareInterrupt_Set before calling this function to set up the software
interrupt.
Example
SwIntFunc was specified as the name of the software interrupt function in the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void SwIntFunc(void);
void func(void)
{
//Set up the software interrupt
R_PG_SoftwareInterrupt_Set();
//Generate the software interrupt
R_PG_SoftwareInterrupt_Generate();
}
void SwIntFunc(void)
{
//Processing of software interrupt
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 50 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.4.7
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_FastInterrupt_Set
Definition
bool R_PG_FastInterrupt_Set (void)
Description
Set up the fast interrupt
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_FastInterrupt.c
RPDL function
R_INTC_CreateFastInterrupt
Details
•
Sets the interrupt source specified in the GUI as the fast interrupt. The specified interrupt
source is not set or enabled. The interrupt source to be set as the fast interrupt must be set
and enabled by the functions for the peripheral module.
•
This function uses an unconditional trap instruction (BRK) to set the fast-interrupt vector
register (FINTV). If interrupts are disabled (the interrupt enable bit (I) of the processor
status word is 0), this function will be locked.
•
The interrupt handler that is specified as a fast interrupt will be compiled as a fast
interrupt handler by specifying fint in #pragma interrupt declaration.
Example
A case where IRQ0 has been specified as the fast interrupt in the GUI:
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Set IRQ0 as the fast interrupt.
R_PG_FastInterrupt_Set ();
//Set IRQ0.
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 51 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.4.8
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_Exception_Set
Definition
bool R_PG_Exception_Set (void)
Description
Set the exception handlers
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_Exception.c
RPDL function
R_INTC_CreateExceptionHandlers
Details
•
Sets the exception notification functions. If an exception for which the name of the
exception notification function was specified in the GUI occurs after this function is
called, the function with the specified name will be called.
Create the exception notification function as follows:
void <name of the exception notification function> (void)
For the exception notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on
Notification Functions.
Example
A case where the following exception notification functions have been set in the GUI:
Privileged instruction exception: PrivInstExcFunc
Undefined instruction exception: UndefInstExcFunc
Floating-point exception: FpExcFunc
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Set the exception handlers.
R_PG_Exception_Set();
}
void PrivInstExcFunc(){
func_pi_excep();
//Processing in response to a privileged instruction exception
}
void UndefInstExcFunc (){
func_ui_excep();
//Processing in response to an undefined instruction exception
}
void FpExcFunc (){
funct_fp_excep();
//Processing in response to a floating-point exception
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 52 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.5 Buses
4.5.1
R_PG_ExtBus_SetBus
Definition
bool R_PG_ExtBus_SetBus(void)
Description
Set up the bus pins and the bus error monitoring
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_ExtBus.c
RPDL function
R_BSC_Create
Sets up the bus pins and the bus error monitoring.
The bus error interrupt is set by this function. If [Notify the bus error interrupt by function
call] is selected in the GUI, the function having the specified name will be called when an
interrupt occurs. Create the interrupt notification function as follows:
void <name of the interrupt notification function> (void)
For the interrupt notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on
Notification Functions.
The status of bus error generation can be acquired by calling
R_PG_ExtBus_GetErrorStatus.
The pin assignment (-A/-B/-C) is set according to the selection in the [Peripheral Pin
Usage] window.
The external bus clock (BCLK) and SDRAM clock (SDCLK) can be set by
R_PG_Clock_Set.
Details
•
•
•
•
•
Example
A case where BusErrFunc has been specified as the name of the bus error interrupt
notification function.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_ExtBus_SetBus();
}
//Set up the bus pins and bus error monitoring.
//Bus error notification function
void BusErrFunc(void)
{
bool addr_err;
uint8_t master;
uint16_t err_addr;
//Aquire bus error status
R_PG_ExtBus_GetErrorStatus(&addr_err, 0, &master, &err_addr);
if( addr_err ){
//Processing when illegal address access error occurs
}
//Clear the bus error status registers
R_PG_ExtBus_ClearErrorFlags();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 53 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.5.2
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_ExtBus_GetErrorStatus
Definition
bool R_PG_ExtBus_GetErrorStatus
(bool * addr_err, bool * time_err, uint8_t * master, uint16_t * err_addr)
Description
Acquire the status of bus error generation
Parameter
bool * addr_err
The address of storage area for the illegal address access error flag
bool * time_err
The address of storage area for the timeout error flag
The address of storage area for ID code of bus master that accessed
a bus when a bus error occurred
ID code of bus master:
0:CPU 3:DMAC/DTC 6:EDMAC 7:EXDMAC
The address of storage area for upper 13 bits of an address that was
accessed when a bus error occurred
uint8_t * master
uint16_t * err_addr
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded.
false
Acquisition failed.
File for output
R_PG_ExtBus.c
RPDL function
R_BSC_GetStatus
Details
•
•
Acquires the status of bus error generation from the bus error status registers.
Specify the address of storage area for an item to be acquired. Specify 0 for an item that is
not required.
Example
A case where BusErrFunc has been specified as the name of the bus error interrupt
notification function.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Set up the bus pins and bus error monitoring.
R_PG_ExtBus_SetBus();
}
//Bus error notification function
void BusErrFunc(void)
{
bool addr_err;
uint8_t master;
uint16_t err_addr;
//Aquire bus error status
R_PG_ExtBus_GetErrorStatus(&addr_err, 0, &master, &err_addr);
if( addr_err ){
//Processing when illegal address access error occurs
}
//Clear the bus error status registers
R_PG_ExtBus_ClearErrorFlags();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 54 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.5.3
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_ExtBus_ClearErrorFlags
Definition
bool R_PG_ExtBus_ClearErrorFlags(void)
Description
Clear the bus-error status registers
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Clearing succeeded
false
Clearing failed
File for output
R_PG_ExtBus.c
RPDL function
R_BSC_Control
Details
•
Clears the bus-error status registers (illegal address access error flag, timeout error flag,
ID code of bus master and a value of accessed address).
The DMA interrupt request flag (IR flag) is cleared in this function.
•
Example
A case where BusErrFunc has been specified as the name of the bus error interrupt
notification function.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Set up the bus pins and bus error monitoring.
R_PG_ExtBus_SetBus();
}
//Bus error notification function
void BusErrFunc(void)
{
bool addr_err;
uint8_t master;
uint16_t err_addr;
//Aquire bus error status
R_PG_ExtBus_GetErrorStatus(&addr_err, 0, &master, &err_addr);
if( addr_err ){
//Processing when illegal address access error occurs
}
//Clear the bus error status registers
R_PG_ExtBus_ClearErrorFlags();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 55 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.5.4
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_CS<CS area number>
bool R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_CS<CS area number>(void)
Definition
<CS area number>: 0 to 7
Description
Set up CS area
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_ExtBus_CS<area number>.c
<CS area number>: 0 to 7
RPDL function
Details
Example
R_BSC_CreateArea
•
•
Sets up CS area.
Call R_PG_ExtBus_SetBus before calling this function to set up the bus pins and the bus
error monitoring.
A case where CS0, CS6 and SDRAM area (SDCS) are set up.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Set up the bus pins and bus error monitoring.
R_PG_ExtBus_SetBus();
//Set up CS0
R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_CS0();
//Set up CS6
R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_CS6();
//Set up SDRAM area (SDCS)
R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_SDCS();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 56 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.5.5
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_ExtBus_DisableArea_CS<CS area number>
Definition
bool R_PG_ExtBus_DisableArea_CS<CS area number>(void)
Description
Disable CS area
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_ExtBus_CS<CS area number>.c
<CS area number>: 0 to 7
RPDL function
Details
Example
R_BSC_Destroy
•
Disables CS area
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func1(void)
{
//Set up the bus pins and bus error monitoring.
R_PG_ExtBus_SetBus();
//Set up CS0
R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_CS0();
//Set up CS6
R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_CS6();
//Set up SDRAM area (SDCS)
R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_SDCS();
}
void func2(void)
{
//Disable CS0
R_PG_ExtBus_DisableArea_CS0();
//Disable CS6
R_PG_ExtBus_DisableArea_CS6();
//Disable SDRAM area (SDCS)
R_PG_ExtBus_DisableArea_SDCS();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 57 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.5.6
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_SDCS
Definition
bool R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_SDCS(void)
Description
Set up SDRAM area (SDCS)
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_ExtBus_SDCS.c
RPDL function
R_BSC_SDRAM_CreateArea
Details
•
Sets up CS area (SDCS)
Call R_PG_ExtBus_SetBus before calling this function to set up the bus pins and the bus
error monitoring.
•
Example
A case where CS0, CS6 and SDRAM area (SDCS) are set up.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Set up the bus pins and bus error monitoring.
R_PG_ExtBus_SetBus();
//Set up CS0
R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_CS0();
//Set up CS6
R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_CS6();
//Set up SDRAM area (SDCS)
R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_SDCS();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 58 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.5.7
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_ExtBus_Initialize_SDCS
Definition
bool R_PG_ExtBus_Initialize_SDCS(void)
Description
Start the SDRAM initialization sequence
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_ExtBus_SDCS.c
RPDL function
R_BSC_Control
Details
•
Starts the SDRAM initialization sequence.
The initialization sequence must be started when the SDRAM operation, the auto refresh,
and the self refresh are disabled.
•
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Set up the clocks.
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up the bus pins and bus error monitoring.
R_PG_ExtBus_SetBus();
//Set up SDRAM area (SDCS)
R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_SDCS();
//Start initialization sequence
R_PG_ExtBus_Initialize_SDCS();
//Enable auto refresh
R_PG_ExtBus_AutoRefreshEnable_SDCS();
//Enable SDRAM operation
R_PG_ExtBus_AccessEnable_SDCS();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 59 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.5.8
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_ExtBus_AutoRefreshEnable_SDCS
Definition
bool R_PG_ExtBus_AutoRefreshEnable_SDCS(void)
Description
Enable the SDRAM auto refresh
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_ExtBus_SDCS.c
RPDL function
R_BSC_Control
Details
•
Enables the SDRAM auto refresh.
The SDRAM auto refresh must be started when the SDRAM self refresh is disabled.
•
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func1(void)
{
//Set up the clocks.
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up the bus pins and bus error monitoring.
R_PG_ExtBus_SetBus();
//Set up SDRAM area (SDCS)
R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_SDCS();
//Start SDRAM initialization sequence
R_PG_ExtBus_Initialize_SDCS();
//Enable SDRAM auto refresh
R_PG_ExtBus_AutoRefreshEnable_SDCS();
//Enable SDRAM operation
R_PG_ExtBus_AccessEnable_SDCS();
}
void func2(void)
{
//Disable SDRAM operation
R_PG_ExtBus_AccessDisable_SDCS();
//Disable SDRAM auto refresh
R_PG_ExtBus_AutoRefreshDisable_SDCS();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 60 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.5.9
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_ExtBus_AutoRefreshDisable_SDCS
Definition
bool R_PG_ExtBus_AutoRefreshDisable_SDCS(void)
Description
Disable the SDRAM auto refresh
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_ExtBus_SDCS.c
RPDL function
R_BSC_Control
Details
Example
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
•
Disables the SDRAM auto refresh.
The SDRAM auto refresh must be stopped when the SDRAM self refresh is disabled.
Refer to the example of R_PG_ExtBus_AutoRefreshEnable_SDCS.
Rev.1.04
Page 61 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.5.10 R_PG_ExtBus_SelfRefreshEnable_SDCS
Definition
bool R_PG_ExtBus_SelfRefreshEnable_SDCS(void)
Description
Enable the SDRAM self refresh
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_ExtBus_SDCS.c
RPDL function
R_BSC_Control
Details
•
Enables the SDRAM self refresh
The SDRAM self refresh mode must be started when the SDRAM operation is disabled
and the auto refresh is enabled.
•
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Set up the clocks.
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up the bus pins and bus error monitoring.
R_PG_ExtBus_SetBus();
//Set up SDRAM area (SDCS)
R_PG_ExtBus_SetArea_SDCS();
//Start SDRAM initialization sequence
R_PG_ExtBus_Initialize_SDCS();
//Enable SDRAM auto refresh
R_PG_ExtBus_AutoRefreshEnable_SDCS();
//Enable SDRAM operation
R_PG_ExtBus_AccessEnable_SDCS();
}
void func2(void)
{
//Disable SDRAM operation
R_PG_ExtBus_AccessDisable_SDCS();
//Enable SDRAM self refresh
R_PG_ExtBus_SelfRefreshEnable_SDCS();
}
void func3(void)
{
//Disable SDRAM self refresh
R_PG_ExtBus_SelfRefreshDisable_SDCS();
//Enable SDRAM operation
R_PG_ExtBus_AccessEnable_SDCS();
}
]
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 62 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.5.11 R_PG_ExtBus_SelfRefreshDisable_SDCS
Definition
bool R_PG_ExtBus_SelfRefreshDisable_SDCS(void)
Description
Disable the SDRAM self refresh
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_ExtBus_SDCS.c
RPDL function
R_BSC_Control
Details
Example
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
•
Disables the SDRAM self refresh
Refer to the example of R_PG_ExtBus_SelfRefreshEnable_SDCS.
Rev.1.04
Page 63 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.5.12 R_PG_ExtBus_AccessEnable_SDCS
Definition
bool R_PG_ExtBus_AccessEnable_SDCS(void)
Description
Enable SDRAM operation
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_ExtBus_SDCS.c
RPDL function
R_BSC_Control
Details
Example
•
Enables SDRAM operation.
Refer to the example of R_PG_ExtBus_AutoRefreshEnable_SDCS and
R_PG_ExtBus_SelfRefreshEnable_SDCS.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 64 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.5.13 R_PG_ExtBus_AccessDisable_SDCS
Definition
bool R_PG_ExtBus_AccessDisable_SDCS(void)
Description
Disable SDRAM operation
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_ExtBus_SDCS.c
RPDL function
R_BSC_Control
Details
Example
•
Disables SDRAM operation.
Refer to the example of R_PG_ExtBus_AutoRefreshEnable_SDCS and
R_PG_ExtBus_SelfRefreshEnable_SDCS.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 65 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.5.14 R_PG_ExtBus_GetStatus_SDCS
bool R_PG_ExtBus_GetStatus_SDCS
( bool * mode_setting,
bool * initializing,
Definition
Description
bool * rec_trans )
Acquire the status of SDRAM
Parameter
Parameter
bool * mode_setting
bool * initializing
bool * rec_trans
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
File for output
R_PG_ExtBus.c
RPDL function
R_BSC_GetStatus
Details
Example
The address of storage area for the mode register setting status bit
(1: Mode register setting in progress)
The address of storage area for initialization status bit
(1: Initialization sequence in progress)
The address of storage area for Self-refresh transition/recovery
status bit (1: Transition/recovery in progress)
•
Acquire the status of SDRAM from the SDRAM SDRAM status register.
Specify the address of storage area for the items to be acquired. Specify 0 for an item that
is not required.
A case where BusErrFunc has been specified as the bus error interrupt notification function
name.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
bool mode_setting, initializing, rec_trans;
//The bus error interrupt notification function
void BusErrFunc(void)
{
// Acquire the status of SDRAM
R_PG_ExtBus_GetStatus_SDCS( &mode_setting, &initializing, &rec_trans );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 66 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.6 DMA controller (DMACA)
4.6.1
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_DMAC_Set_C<channel number> ( void )
Description
Set up a DMAC channel
Parameter
Return value
None
true
false
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C <channel number>.c
RPDL function
R_DMAC_Create
Details
•
•
•
•
<channel number>: 0 to 3
Setting was made correctly
Setting failed
<unit number>: 0 to 3
Releases the DMAC from the module-stop and makes initial settings.
If an interrupt was selected as a transfer start trigger, the DMAC channel will be ready for
the interrupt signal by calling R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C<channel number> after calling
this function. If the software trigger was selected as a transfer start trigger, DMAC channel
will start the data transfer when calling R_PG_DMAC_StartTransfer_C<channel
number> after calling this function.
The DMAC interrupt is set by this function. When the name of the interrupt notification
function has been specified in the GUI, if a CPU interrupt occurs, the function having the
specified name will be called. Create the interrupt notification function as follows:
void <name of the interrupt notification function> (void)
For the interrupt notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on
Notification Functions.
To transfer the SCIa transmission data by DMAC, make the following settings.
DMAC settings
Transfer request source
: TXI (SCIa transmit data empty interrupt)
Operation when the transfer completes
: Clear the interrupt flag of the activation source
Destination start address
: Address of serial transmit data register (TDR)
*Destination start address can be set also from the program. Refer the usage example 2 and 3.
Destination address update mode
: Fixed
Length of a single data
: 1 byte
SCIa setting
Data transmission method
: Transfer the transmitted serial data by DMAC
For usage of function, refer to example 2.
•
To transfer the SCIa reception data by DMAC, make the following settings.
DMAC settings
Transfer request source
: RXI (SCIa receive data full interrupt)
Operation when the transfer completes
: Clear the interrupt flag of the activation source
Source start address
: Address of serial receive data register (RDR)
*Source start address can be set also from the program. Refer the usage example 2 and 3.
Source address update mode
: Fixed
Length of a single data
: 1 byte
SCIa setting
Data transmission method
: Transfer the received serial data by DMAC
For usage of function, refer to example 3.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 67 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example 1
Specification of Generated Functions
A case where IRQ0 activates DMA transfer
•
•
•
IRQ0 interrupt was selected as a transfer start trigger of DMAC0 in GUI.
Dmac0IntFunc was specified as the DMA interrupt notification function name in the GUI.
DMAC was selected as an interrupt request destination for IRQ0.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Set up IRQ0
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ0();
// Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//DMA interrupt notification function
void Dmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Stop DMAC
R_PG_DMAC_StopModule_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 68 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example 2
Specification of Generated Functions
A case where the SCIa transmission data is transferred by DMAC
•
Dmac0IntFunc was specified as the DMA interrupt notification function name in the GUI.
•
The SCI0 transmit data empty interrupt is selected as a DMA transfer trigger.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
//DMA transfer end flag
volatile bool sci_dma_transfer_complete;
//Data source
uint8_t tr[]=”ABCDEFG”;
void func(void)
{
//Initialize DMA transfer end flag
sci_dma_transfer_complete = false;
//Set up SCI0
R_PG_SCI_Set_C0();
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Set source address, destination address and transfer counter
R_PG_DMAC_SetSrcAddress_C0( tr );
R_PG_DMAC_SetDestAddress_C0((void*)&(SCI0.TDR));
R_PG_DMAC_SetTransferCount_C0( 8 );
//Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
//Enable the SCI0 transmission (TXI interrupt occurs and DMA transfer starts)
R_PG_SCI_SendAllData_C0(
PDL_NO_PTR,
PDL_NO_DATA
);
// Wait for the DMAC to complete the transfer
while (sci_dma_transfer_complete == false);
}
//DMA interrupt notification function
void Dmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//SCIa transmit end flag
bool sci_transfer_complete;
sci_transfer_complete = false;
// Wait for the SCIa to complete the transmission
do{
R_PG_SCI_GetTransmitStatus_C0( &sci_transfer_complete );
} while( ! sci_transfer_complete );
//Stop the SCIa
R_PG_SCI_StopCommunication_C0();
//Stop the DMAC
R_PG_DMAC_StopModule_C0();
sci_dma_transfer_complete = true;
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 69 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example 3
Specification of Generated Functions
A case where the SCIa reception data is transferred by DMAC
•
Dmac0IntFunc was specified as the DMA interrupt notification function name in the GUI.
•
The SCI0 receive data empty interrupt is seleclted as a DMA transfer trigger.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
//Data destination
uint8_t re[]=”--------”;
void func(void)
{
//Initialize DMA transfer end flag
sci_dma_transfer_complete = false;
//Set up SCI0
R_PG_SCI_Set_C0();
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Set source address, destination address and transfer counter
R_PG_DMAC_SetSrcAddress_C0((void*)&(SCI0.RDR) );
R_PG_DMAC_SetDestAddress_C0( re );
R_PG_DMAC_SetTransferCount_C0( 8 );
//Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
//Enable the SCI0 reception
R_PG_SCI_ReceiveAllData_C0(
PDL_NO_PTR,
PDL_NO_DATA
);
}
//DMA interrupt notification function
void Dmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Stop the SCIa reception
R_PG_SCI_StopCommunication_C0();
//Stop the DMAC
R_PG_DMAC_StopModule_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 70 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.6.2
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C<channel number> (void)
Definition
< channel number > : 0 to 3
Description
Make the DMAC be ready for the start trigger
Conditions for
An interrupt is selected as a transfer start trigger
output
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3
RPDL function
Details
R_DMAC_Control
•
This function makes the DMAC channel be ready for the transfer start trigger.
•
This function is genetarted when an interrupt is selected as a transfer start trigger.
Call R_PG_DMAC_Set_C<channel number> to set up a DMAC channel before calling
this function.
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
IRQ0 was selected as a transfer start trigger of DMAC0 in normal transfer mode
•
Dmac0IntFunc was specified as the DMA0 interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Set IRQ0
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ0();
//Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//DMA interrupt notification function
void Dmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Stop the DMAC
R_PG_DMAC_StopModule_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 71 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.6.3
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_DMAC_StartTransfer_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DMAC_StartTransfer_C<channel number> (void)
Definition
< channel number > : 0 to 3
Description
Start the data transfer (Software trigger)
Conditions for
The software trigger is selected as a transfer start trigger
output
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3
RPDL function
Details
R_DMAC_Control
•
This function triggers the DMA transfer.
•
This function is genetarted when the software trigger is selected as a transfer start trigger.
•
Call R_PG_DMAC_Set_C<channel number> to set up a DMAC channel before calling
this function.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
The software trigger was selected as a transfer start trigger of DMAC0 in normal transfer
mode
•
Dmac0IntFunc was specified as the DMA interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
volatile bool transferred;
void func(void)
{
transferred = false;
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
while( transferred == false ){
//Start the DMA transfer of DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_StartTransfer_C0();
}
//Stop the DMAC
R_PG_DMAC_StopModule_C0();
}
//DMA interrupt notification function
void Dmac0IntFunc (void)
{
transferred = true;
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 72 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.6.4
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_DMAC_Suspend_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DMAC_Suspend_C<channel number> (void)
Definition
< channel number > : 0 to 3
Description
Suspend the data transfer
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Suspending succeeded.
false
Suspending failed.
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3
RPDL function
Details
R_DMAC_Control
•
This function suspends the DMA transfer.
•
To resume the transfer, when interrupt is selected as a transfer start trigger, clear the
interrupt request flag of trigger source and call R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C<channel
number> to make the DMAC channel be ready for the transfer start trigger.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
•
•
•
IRQ0 interrupt was selected as a transfer start trigger of DMAC0 in normal transfer mode
Dmac0IntFunc was specified as the DMA interrupt notification function name
Irq1ExtIntFunc was specified as the IRQ1 interrupt notification function name
Irq2ExtIntFunc was specified as the IRQ2 interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Set IRQ0
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ0();
//Set IRQ1
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ1();
//Set IRQ2
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ2();
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
// Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
}
//DMA interrupt notification function
void Dmac0IntFunc (void)
{
R_PG_DMAC_StopModule_C0();
}
//Stop the DMAC
//DMA transfer is suspended by IRQ1 input
void Irq1ExtIntFunc (void)
{
R_PG_DMAC_Suspend_C0();
}
//Suspend the DMA transfer
//DMA transfer is re-activated by IRQ2 input
void Irq2ExtIntFunc (void)
{
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_ClearRequestFlag_IRQ0();
//Clear the request flag of trigger
// Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 73 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.6.5
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferCount_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferCount_C<channel number> (uint16_t * count)
Definition
< channel number > : 0 to 3
Description
Get the transfer counter value
Parameter
uint16_t * count
The address of storage area for the counter value
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed.
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3
RPDL function
Details
R_DMAC_GetStatus
•
This function gets the current transfer counter value.
•
The DMA interrupt request flag (IR flag) is cleared in this function. Call
R_PG_DMAC_ClearInterruptFlag_C<channel number> to get the DMA interrupt request
flag before calling this function if needed.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
The transfer start trigger of DMAC0 is interrupt
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
uint16_t count;
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
//Wait for the transfer counter to become lower than 10
do{
R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferCount_C0( & count );
} while( count >= 10 );
//Suspend the DMA transfer
R_PG_DMAC_Suspend_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 74 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.6.6
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_DMAC_SetTransferCount_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DMAC_SetTransferCount_C<channel number>(uint16_t count)
Definition
< channel number > : 0 to 3
Description
Set the transfer counter
Parameter
uint16_t count
Value to be written to the transfer counter
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3
RPDL function
R_DMAC_Control
This function sets the transfer counter.
The valid range of the counter value is from 0 to 65535 (0 : free running mode) in normal
transfer mode, 0 to 1023 (0 = 1024 units) in repeat transfer mode and block transfer mode.
Details
•
•
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
•
IRQ0 interrupt was selected as a transfer start trigger of DMAC0
Dmac0IntFunc was specified as the DMA interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Set IRQ0
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ0();
// Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//DMA interrupt notification function
void Dmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Suspend the DMA transfer
R_PG_DMAC_Suspend_C0();
//Change the DMAC0 settings
R_PG_DMAC_SetSrcAddress_C0( src_address ); //Source address
R_PG_DMAC_SetDestAddress_C0( dest_address ); //Destination address
R_PG_DMAC_SetTransferCount_C0( tr_count ); //Transfer counter
// Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 75 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.6.7
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_DMAC_GetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DMAC_GetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C<channel number> (uint16_t * count)
Definition
< channel number > : 0 to 3
Description
Get the repeat/block size counter value
Conditions for
Repeat transfer mode or block transfer mode is selected for the transfer mode.
output
Parameter
uint16_t * count
The address of storage area for the counter value
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed.
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3
RPDL function
Details
R_DMAC_GetStatus
•
This function gets the current repeat/block size counter value.
•
The DMA interrupt request flag (IR flag) is cleared in this function. Call
R_PG_DMAC_ClearInterruptFlag_C<channel number> to get the DMA interrupt request
flag before calling this function if needed.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
DMAC0 is set to repeat transfer mode
•
The transfer start trigger is interrupt
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
uint16_t count;
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
//Wait for the repeat size counter to become lower than 10
do{
R_PG_DMAC_GetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C0( & count );
} while( count >= 10 );
//Suspend the DMA transfer
R_PG_DMAC_Suspend_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 76 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.6.8
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_DMAC_SetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DMAC_SetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C<channel number> (uint16_t count)
Definition
< channel number > : 0 to 3
Description
Set the repeat/block size counter value
Conditions for
Repeat transfer mode or block transfer mode is selected for the transfer mode.
output
Parameter
uint16_t count
Value to be written to the repeat/block size counter
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3
RPDL function
Details
R_DMAC_GetStatus
•
This function sets the repeat/block size counter.
The valid range of the counter value is from 0 to 1023 (0 = 1024 units) in repeat transfer
mode, 1 to 1023 in block transfer mode.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
•
DMAC0 is set to repeat transfer mode
IRQ0 interrupt was selected as a transfer start trigger
•
Dmac0IntFunc was specified as the DMA interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Set IRQ0
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ0();
// Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//DMA interrupt notification function
void Dmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Suspend the DMA transfer
R_PG_DMAC_Suspend_C0();
//Change the DMAC0 settings
R_PG_DMAC_SetTransferCount_C0( tr_count ); //Transfer counter
R_PG_DMAC_SetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C0( repeat_count ); //Repeat size counter
// Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 77 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.6.9
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_DMAC_ClearInterruptFlag_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DMAC_ClearInterruptFlag_C<channel number> ( bool * int_request )
Definition
< channel number > : 0 to 3
Description
Get and clear the interrupt request flag
Conditions for
DMA interrupt is enabled
output
Parameter
bool * int_request
The address of storage area for the interrupt request flag
Return value
true
Acquisition and clearing succeeded
false
Acquisition and clearing failed
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3
RPDL function
R_DMAC_GetStatus
Details
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
This function gets and clears the DMA interrupt request flag (IR flag).
•
DMAC0 is set to mormal transfer mode
•
The transfer start trigger is interrupt
•
The DMA interrupt is enabled
•
The DMA interrupt priority level is 0
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
bool int_request;
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
//Wait for the IR flag to become 1
do{
R_PG_DMAC_ClearInterruptFlag_C0(& int_request );
} while( int_request == false );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 78 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.6.10 R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferEndFlag_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferEndFlag_C<channel number> ( bool* end )
Definition
< channel number > : 0 to 3
Description
Get the transfer end flag
Parameter
bool* end
The address of storage area for the transfer end flag
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed.
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3
RPDL function
Details
R_DMAC_GetStatus
•
This function gets the transfer end flag.
•
The DMA interrupt request flag (IR flag) is cleared in this function. Call
R_PG_DMAC_ClearInterruptFlag_C<channel number> to get the DMA interrupt request
flag before calling this function if needed.
•
The transfer end flag is not cleared in this function. Call
R_PG_DMAC_ClearTransferEndFlag_C<channel number> to clear the transfer end flag
if needed.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
DMAC0 is set to normal transfer mode
•
The transfer start trigger is interrupt
•
The DMA interrupt is not enabled
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
bool end;
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
//Wait for the transfer end flag to become 1
do{
R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferEndFlag_C0( & end );
} while( end == false );
//Clear the DMA transfer end flag
R_PG_DMAC_ClearTransferEndFlag_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 79 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.6.11 R_PG_DMAC_ClearTransferEndFlag_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DMAC_ClearTransferEndFlag_C<channel number> ( void )
Definition
< channel number > : 0 to 3
Description
Clear the transfer end flag
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Clearing succeeded
false
Clearing failed
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3
RPDL function
Details
R_DMAC_Control
•
This function clears the transfer end flag.
•
To get the transfer end flag, call R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferEndFlag_C<channel
number>.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
DMAC0 is set to mormal transfer mode
•
The transfer start trigger is interrupt
•
The DMA interrupt is not enabled
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
bool end;
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
//Wait for the transfer end flag to become 1
do{
R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferEndFlag_C0( & end );
} while( end == false );
//Clear the DMA transfer end flag
R_PG_DMAC_ClearTransferEndFlag_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 80 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.6.12 R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel number> ( bool* end )
Definition
< channel number > : 0 to 3
Description
Get the transfer escape end flag
Conditions for
[Completion of a 1-block/repeat size transfer], [Source address extended repeat area
output
overflow] or [Destination address extended repeat area overflow] is selected as the interrupt
output source
Parameter
bool* end
The address of storage area for the transfer escape end flag
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed.
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3
RPDL function
Details
R_DMAC_GetStatus
•
This function gets the DMA transfer escape end flag (EDMSTS.ESIF).
•
The DMA interrupt request flag (IR flag) is cleared in this function. Call
R_PG_DMAC_ClearInterruptFlag_C<channel number> to get the DMA interrupt request
flag before calling this function if needed.
•
The transfer escape end flag is not cleared in this function. Call
R_PG_DMAC_ClearTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel number> to clear the transfer
escape end flag if needed.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
DMAC0 is set to repeat transfer mode
•
The transfer start trigger is interrupt
•
[Completion of a 1-block/repeat size transfer] is selected for the interrupt output source
•
The DMA interrupt priority level is 0
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
bool end;
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
//Wait for the transfer escape end flag to become 1
do{
R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferEscapeEndFlag_C0( & end );
} while( end == false );
//Clear the DMA transfer escape end flag
R_PG_DMAC_ClearTransferEscapeEndFlag_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 81 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.6.13 R_PG_DMAC_ClearTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DMAC_ClearTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel number> ( void )
Definition
< channel number > : 0 to 3
Description
Clear the transfer escape end flag
Conditions for
[Completion of a 1-block/repeat size transfer], [Source address extended repeat area
output
overflow] or [Destination address extended repeat area overflow] is selected as the interrupt
output source
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Clearing succeeded
false
Clearing failed
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3
RPDL function
Details
R_DMAC_Control
•
This function clears the transfer escape end flag.
•
To get the transfer escape end flag, call
R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel number>.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
DMAC0 is set to repeat transfer mode
•
The transfer start trigger is interrupt
•
[Completion of a 1-block/repeat size transfer] is selected for the interrupt output source
•
The DMA interrupt priority level is 0
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
bool end;
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
//Wait for the transfer escape end flag to become 1
do{
R_PG_DMAC_GetTransferEscapeEndFlag_C0( & end );
} while( end == false );
//Clear the DMA transfer escape end flag
R_PG_DMAC_ClearTransferEscapeEndFlag_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 82 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.6.14 R_PG_DMAC_SetSrcAddress_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DMAC_SetSrcAddress_C<channel number>(void * src_addr)
Definition
< channel number > : 0 to 3
Description
Set the source address
Parameter
void * src_addr
The source address to be set
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3
RPDL function
R_DMAC_Control
This function sets the source address.
Details
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
•
IRQ0 interrupt was selected as a transfer start trigger of DMAC0
Dmac0IntFunc was specified as the DMA interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Set IRQ0
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ0();
// Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//DMA interrupt notification function
void Dmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Suspend the DMA transfer
R_PG_DMAC_Suspend_C0();
//Change the DMAC0 settings
R_PG_DMAC_SetSrcAddress_C0( src_address ); //Source address
R_PG_DMAC_SetDestAddress_C0( dest_address ); //Destination address
R_PG_DMAC_SetTransferCount_C0( tr_count ); //Transfer counter
// Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 83 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.6.15 R_PG_DMAC_SetDestAddress_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DMAC_SetDestAddress_C<channel number>(void * dest_addr)
Definition
< channel number > : 0 to 3
Description
Set the source address
Parameter
void * dest_addr
The destination address to be set
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3
RPDL function
R_DMAC_Control
This function sets the destination address.
Details
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
•
IRQ0 interrupt was selected as a transfer start trigger of DMAC0
Dmac0IntFunc was specified as the DMA interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Set IRQ0
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ0();
// Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//DMA interrupt notification function
void Dmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Suspend the DMA transfer
R_PG_DMAC_Suspend_C0();
//Set up the DMAC and continue
R_PG_DMAC_SetSrcAddress_C0( src_address ); //Source address
R_PG_DMAC_SetDestAddress_C0( dest_address ); //Destination address
R_PG_DMAC_SetTransferCount_C0( tr_count ); //Transfer counter
// Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 84 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.6.16 R_PG_DMAC_SetAddressOffset_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DMAC_SetAddressOffset_C<channel number>( int32_t offset )
Definition
< channel number > : 0 to 3
Description
Set the address offset
Conditions for
[Offset addition] is selected for [Source address update mode] or [Destination address
output
update mode].
Parameter
int32_t offset
The offset value to be set
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3
RPDL function
R_DMAC_Control
This function sets the address offset.
The range of the address offset value is from +FFFFFFh to -1000000h.
Details
•
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
•
•
IRQ0 interrupt was selected as a transfer start trigger of DMAC0
Dmac0IntFunc was specified as the DMA interrupt notification function name
[Offset addition] is selected.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Set IRQ0
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ0();
// Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//DMA interrupt notification function
void Dmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Suspend the DMA transfer
R_PG_DMAC_Suspend_C0();
//Set up the DMAC and continue
R_PG_DMAC_SetSrcAddress_C0( src_address ); //Source address
R_PG_DMAC_SetDestAddress_C0( dest_address ); //Destination address
R_PG_DMAC_SetTransferCount_C0( tr_count ); //Transfer counter
R_PG_DMAC_SetAddressOffset_C0( offset ); //Address offset
// Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 85 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.6.17 R_PG_DMAC_SetExtendedRepeatSrc_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DMAC_SetExtendedRepeatSrc_C<channel number>( uint32_t area )
Definition
< channel number > : 0 to 3
Description
Set the source address extended repeat value
Conditions for
An extended repeat area is specified for the transfer source.
output
Parameter
uint32_t area
The source address extended repeat value to be set
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3
RPDL function
R_DMAC_Control
This function sets the source address extended repeat value.
The value can be any power of 2, from 21 to 227.
Details
•
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
•
•
IRQ0 interrupt was selected as a transfer start trigger of DMAC0
Dmac0IntFunc was specified as the DMA interrupt notification function name
An extended repeat area is specified for the transfer source and destination.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Set IRQ0
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ0();
// Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//DMA interrupt notification function
void Dmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Suspend the DMA transfer
R_PG_DMAC_Suspend_C0();
//Change the DMAC0 settings
R_PG_DMAC_SetSrcAddress_C0( src_address ); //Source address
R_PG_DMAC_SetDestAddress_C0( dest_address ); //Destination address
R_PG_DMAC_SetTransferCount_C0( tr_count ); //Transfer counter
R_PG_DMAC_SetExtendedRepeatSrc_C0( src_repeat ); //Source extended repeat size
R_PG_DMAC_SetExtendedRepeatDest_C0( dest_repeat ); //Destination extended repeat size
// Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 86 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.6.18 R_PG_DMAC_SetExtendedRepeatDest_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DMAC_SetExtendedRepeatDest_C<channel number>( uint32_t area )
Definition
< channel number > : 0 to 3
Description
Set the destination address extended repeat value
Conditions for
An extended repeat area is specified for the transfer destination.
output
Parameter
uint32_t area
The destination address extended repeat value to be set
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3
RPDL function
R_DMAC_Control
This function sets the destination address extended repeat value.
The value can be any power of 2, from 21 to 227.
Details
•
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
•
•
IRQ0 interrupt was selected as a transfer start trigger of DMAC0
Dmac0IntFunc was specified as the DMA interrupt notification function name
An extended repeat area is specified for the transfer source and destination.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Set IRQ0
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ0();
// Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//DMA interrupt notification function
void Dmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Suspend the DMA transfer
R_PG_DMAC_Suspend_C0();
//Change the DMAC0 settings
R_PG_DMAC_SetSrcAddress_C0( src_address ); //Source address
R_PG_DMAC_SetDestAddress_C0( dest_address ); //Destination address
R_PG_DMAC_SetTransferCount_C0( tr_count ); //Transfer counter
R_PG_DMAC_SetExtendedRepeatSrc_C0( src_repeat ); //Source extended repeat size
R_PG_DMAC_SetExtendedRepeatDest_C0( dest_repeat ); //Destination extended repeat size
// Make DMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 87 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.6.19 R_PG_DMAC_StopModule_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DMAC_StopModule_C<channel number> ( void )
Definition
< channel number > : 0 to 3
Description
Stop the DMAC channel
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Stopping succeeded.
false
Stopping failed.
File for output
R_PG_DMAC_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3
RPDL function
Details
R_DMAC_Destroy
•
Stops the DMAC channel.
•
If all DMAC channels and DTC are stopped, DMAC and DTC shall be module-stop state.
•
If another peripheral is being used to trigger a DMA transfer, stop the trigger sources
before calling this function.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
The software trigger was selected as a transfer start trigger of DMAC0
•
Dmac0IntFunc was specified as the DMA interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Start the DMA transfer of DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_StartTransfer_C0();
}
//DMA interrupt notification function
void Dmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Stop the DMAC0
R_PG_DMAC_StopModule_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 88 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.7 EXDMAC controller (EXDMAC)
4.7.1
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C<channel number> ( void )
<channel number>: 0, 1
Description
Set up an EXDMAC channel
Parameter
None
Return value
true
false
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C <channel number>.c
<unit number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
R_EXDMAC_Create
Details
•
•
Releases the EXDMAC from the module-stop and makes initial settings.
If the transfer start trigger other than the software trigger was selected, the EXDMAC
channel will be ready for the trigger signal by calling
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C<channel number> after calling this function. If the
software trigger was selected as a transfer start trigger, EXDMAC channel will start the
data transfer when calling R_PG_EXDMAC_StartTransfer_C<channel number> after
calling this function.
If the external signal was selected as a transfer start trigger or if EDACK signal was
enabled, this function sets the pins to be used. The pins used for external signal input or
EDACK output can be selected through the Peripheral Pin Usage window in GUI.
The EXDMAC interrupt is set by this function. When the name of the interrupt
notification function has been specified in the GUI, if a CPU interrupt occurs, the function
having the specified name will be called. Create the interrupt notification function as
follows:
void <name of the interrupt notification function> (void)
For the interrupt notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on
Notification Functions.
•
•
Example
Setting was made correctly
Setting failed
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• EDREQ0 signal or MTU was selected as a transfer start trigger of EXDMAC0.
• Exdmac0IntFunc was specified as the EXDMAC interrupt notification function name.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
// Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//EXDMAC interrupt notification function
void Exdmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Stop the EXDMAC
R_PG_EXDMAC_StopModule_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 89 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.7.2
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C<channel number> (void)
Definition
< channel number > : 0, 1
Description
Make the EXDMAC be ready for the start trigger
Conditions for
An external signal or MTU is selected as a transfer start trigger
output
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
R_EXDMAC_Control
Details
•
•
This function makes the EXDMAC channel be ready for the transfer start trigger.
This function is genetarted when an external signal or MTU is selected as a transfer start
trigger.
Call R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C<channel number> to set up an EXDMAC channel before
calling this function.
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• EDREQ0 signal or MTU was selected as a transfer start trigger of EXDMAC0.
•
Exdmac0IntFunc was specified as the EXDMAC interrupt notification function name.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
// Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//EXDMAC interrupt notification function
void Exdmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Stop the EXDMAC
R_PG_EXDMAC_StopModule_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 90 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.7.3
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_EXDMAC_StartTransfer_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_StartTransfer_C<channel number> (void)
Definition
< channel number > : 0, 1
Description
Start the data transfer (Software trigger)
Conditions for
The software trigger is selected as a transfer start trigger
output
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
R_EXDMAC_Control
•
This function triggers the DMA transfer.
•
This function is genetarted when the software trigger is selected as a transfer start trigger.
•
Call R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C<channel number> to set up an EXDMAC channel before
calling this function.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
The software trigger was selected as a transfer start trigger of EXDMAC0 in normal
transfer mode
•
Exdmac0IntFunc was specified as the EXDMAC interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
volatile bool transferred;
void func(void)
{
transferred = false;
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
while( transferred == false ){
//Start the DMA transfer of EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_StartTransfer_C0();
}
//Stop the EXDMAC
R_PG_EXDMAC_StopModule_C0();
}
//EXDMAC interrupt notification function
void Exdmac0IntFunc (void)
{
transferred = true;
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 91 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.7.4
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_EXDMAC_Suspend_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_Suspend_C<channel number> (void)
Definition
< channel number > : 0, 1
Description
Suspend the data transfer
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Suspending succeeded.
false
Suspending failed.
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
R_EXDMAC_Control
•
This function suspends the DMA transfer.
•
To resume the transfer, when an external signal or MTU is selected as a transfer start
trigger, call R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C<channel number>.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
•
•
•
EDREQ0 signal or MTU was selected as a transfer start trigger of EXDMAC0.
Exdmac0IntFunc was specified as the EXDMAC interrupt notification function name
Irq1ExtIntFunc was specified as the IRQ1 interrupt notification function name
Irq2ExtIntFunc was specified as the IRQ2 interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ0(); //Set IRQ0
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ1(); //Set IRQ1
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ2(); //Set IRQ2
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0(); // Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
}
//EXDMAC interrupt notification function
void Exdmac0IntFunc (void)
{
R_PG_EXDMAC_StopModule_C0();
}
//Stop the EXDMAC0
//DMA transfer is suspended by IRQ1 input
void Irq1ExtIntFunc (void)
{
R_PG_EXDMAC_Suspend_C0();
}
//Suspend the DMA transfer
//DMA transfer is re-activated by IRQ2 input
void Irq2ExtIntFunc (void)
{
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0(); // Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 92 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.7.5
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferCount_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferCount_C<channel number> (uint16_t * count)
Definition
< channel number > : 0, 1
Description
Get the transfer counter value
Parameter
uint16_t * count
The address of storage area for the counter value
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed.
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
R_EXDMAC_GetStatus
•
This function gets the current transfer counter value.
•
The EXDMAC interrupt request flag (IR flag) is cleared in this function. Call
R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearInterruptFlag_C<channel number> to get the EXDMAC interrupt
request flag before calling this function if needed.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
EDREQ0 signal or MTU was selected as a transfer start trigger of EXDMAC0.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
uint16_t count;
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
//Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
//Wait for the transfer counter to become lower than 10
do{
R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferCount_C0( & count );
} while( count >= 10 );
//Suspend the DMA transfer
R_PG_EXDMAC_Suspend_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 93 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.7.6
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetTransferCount_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_SetTransferCount_C<channel number>(uint16_t count)
Definition
< channel number > : 0, 1
Description
Set the transfer counter
Parameter
uint16_t count
Value to be written to the transfer counter
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
R_EXDMAC_Control
This function sets the transfer counter.
The valid range of the counter value is from 0 to 65535 (0 : free running mode) in normal
transfer mode, 0 to 1023 (0 = 1024 units) in repeat transfer mode, block transfer mode and
cluster transfer mode.
Details
•
•
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
•
EDREQ0 signal or MTU was selected as a transfer start trigger of EXDMAC0
Exdmac0IntFunc was specified as the EXDMAC interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
// Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//EXDMAC interrupt notification function
void Exdmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Suspend the DMA transfer
R_PG_EXDMAC_Suspend_C0();
//Change the EXDMAC0 settings
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetSrcAddress_C0( src_address ); //Source address
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetDestAddress_C0( dest_address ); //Destination address
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetTransferCount_C0( tr_count ); //Transfer counter
// Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 94 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.7.7
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_EXDMAC_GetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_GetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C<channel number> (uint16_t * count)
Definition
< channel number > : 0, 1
Description
Get the repeat/block/cluster size counter value
Conditions for
Repeat transfer mode, block transfer mode or cluster transfer mode is selected for the
output
Parameter
transfer mode.
uint16_t * count
The address of storage area for the counter value
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed.
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
R_EXDMAC_GetStatus
•
This function gets the current repeat/block/cluster size counter value.
•
The EXDMAC interrupt request flag (IR flag) is cleared in this function. Call
R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearInterruptFlag_C<channel number> to get the EXDMAC interrupt
request flag before calling this function if needed.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
EXDMAC0 is set to repeat transfer mode
•
The transfer start trigger is EDREQ0 signal or MTU
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
uint16_t count;
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
//Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
//Wait for the repeat size counter to become lower than 10
do{
R_PG_EXDMAC_GetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C0( & count );
} while( count >= 10 );
//Suspend the DMA transfer
R_PG_EXDMAC_Suspend_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 95 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.7.8
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_SetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C<channel number> (uint16_t count)
Definition
< channel number > : 0, 1
Description
Set the repeat/block/cluster size counter value
Conditions for
Repeat transfer mode, block transfer mode or cluster transfer mode is selected for the
output
Parameter
transfer mode.
uint16_t count
Value to be written to the repeat/block/cluster size counter
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
R_EXDMAC_GetStatus
•
This function sets the repeat/block/cluster size counter.
The valid range of the counter value is from 1 to 1023 in repeat transfer mode and block
transfer mode, 1 to 7 in cluster transfer mode.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
•
EXDMAC0 is set to repeat transfer mode
EDREQ0 signal or MTU was selected as a transfer start trigger
•
Exdmac0IntFunc was specified as the EXDMAC interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
// Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//EXDMAC interrupt notification function
void Exdmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Suspend the DMA transfer
R_PG_EXDMAC_Suspend_C0();
//Change the EXDMAC0 settings
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetTransferCount_C0( tr_count ); //Transfer counter
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetRepeatBlockSizeCount_C0( repeat_count ); //Repeat size counter
// Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 96 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.7.9
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearInterruptFlag_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearInterruptFlag_C<channel number> ( bool * int_request )
Definition
< channel number > : 0, 1
Description
Get and clear the interrupt request flag
Conditions for
EXDMAC interrupt is enabled
output
Parameter
bool * int_request
The address of storage area for the interrupt request flag
Return value
true
Acquisition and clearing succeeded
false
Acquisition and clearing failed
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
R_EXDMAC_GetStatus
Details
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
This function gets and clears the EXDMAC interrupt request flag (IR flag).
•
EXDMAC0 is set to mormal transfer mode
•
The transfer start trigger is EDREQ0 signal or MTU
•
The EXDMAC interrupt is enabled
•
The EXDMAC interrupt priority level is 0
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
bool int_request;
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
//Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
//Wait for the IR flag to become 1
do{
R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearInterruptFlag_C0(& int_request );
} while( int_request == false );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 97 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.7.10 R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferEndFlag_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferEndFlag_C<channel number> ( bool* end )
Definition
< channel number > : 0, 1
Description
Get the transfer end flag
Parameter
bool* end
The address of storage area for the transfer end flag
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed.
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
R_EXDMAC_GetStatus
•
This function gets the transfer end flag.
•
The EXDMAC interrupt request flag (IR flag) is cleared in this function. Call
R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearInterruptFlag_C<channel number> to get the EXDMAC interrupt
request flag before calling this function if needed.
•
The transfer end flag is not cleared in this function. Call
R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearTransferEndFlag_C<channel number> to clear the transfer end
flag if needed.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
EXDMAC0 is set to normal transfer mode
•
The transfer start trigger is EDREQ0 signal or MTU
•
The EXDMAC interrupt is not enabled
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
bool end;
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
//Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
//Wait for the transfer end flag to become 1
do{
R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferEndFlag_C0( & end );
} while( end == false );
//Clear the DMA transfer end flag
R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearTransferEndFlag_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 98 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.7.11 R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearTransferEndFlag_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearTransferEndFlag_C<channel number> ( void )
Definition
< channel number > : 0, 1
Description
Clear the transfer end flag
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Clearing succeeded
false
Clearing failed
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
R_EXDMAC_Control
•
This function clears the transfer end flag.
•
To get the transfer end flag, call R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferEndFlag_C<channel
number>.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
EXDMAC0 is set to mormal transfer mode
•
The transfer start trigger is EDREQ0 signal or MTU
•
The EXDMAC interrupt is not enabled
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
bool end;
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
//Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
//Wait for the transfer end flag to become 1
do{
R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferEndFlag_C0( & end );
} while( end == false );
//Clear the DMA transfer end flag
R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearTransferEndFlag_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 99 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.7.12 R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel number> ( bool* end )
Definition
< channel number > : 0, 1
Description
Get the transfer escape end flag
Conditions for
[Completion of repeat/block/cluster size transfer], [Source address extended repeat area
output
overflow] or [Destination address extended repeat area overflow] is selected as the interrupt
output source
Parameter
bool* end
The address of storage area for the transfer escape end flag
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed.
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
R_EXDMAC_GetStatus
•
•
•
•
•
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
This function gets the DMA transfer escape end flag (EDMSTS.ESIF).
The EXDMAC interrupt request flag (IR flag) is cleared in this function. Call
R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearInterruptFlag_C<channel number> to get the EXDMAC interrupt
request flag before calling this function if needed.
The transfer escape end flag is not cleared in this function. Call
R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel number> to clear the
transfer escape end flag if needed.
When using the external signal or MTU as a transfer start trigger, to continue the transfer
after transfer escape end, call R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C<channel number>. In
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C<channel number>, the transfer escape end flag shall be
cleared and EXDMAC shall be ready for the transfer start trigger.
When using the software trigger as a transfer start trigger, to continue the transfer after
transfer escape end, call R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C<channel number>. In
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C<channel number>, the transfer escape end flag shall be
cleared and the transfer starts.
Rev.1.04
Page 100 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example
Specification of Generated Functions
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• EXDMAC0 is set to repeat transfer mode
• The transfer start trigger is external signal or MTU
• [Completion of repeat/block/cluster size transfer] and [Transfer end] are selected for the
interrupt output source
• Exdmac0IntFunc is specified as an EXDMAC interrupt notification function
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void Exdmac0IntFunc(void)
{
bool transfer_end;
R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferEndFlag_C0( & transfer_end );
if( transfer_end ){
//Transfer end
R_PG_EXDMAC_StopModule_C0();
}
else{
//Transfer escape end (repeat size end)
R_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0(); //Clear the transfer escape end flag and re-activate
}
}
void func(void)
{
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
//Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 101 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.7.13 R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel number> ( void )
Definition
< channel number > : 0, 1
Description
Clear the transfer escape end flag
Conditions for
[Completion of repeat/block/cluster size transfer], [Source address extended repeat area
output
overflow] or [Destination address extended repeat area overflow] is selected as the interrupt
output source
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Clearing succeeded
false
Clearing failed
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C <channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
R_EXDMAC_Control
•
This function clears the transfer escape end flag.
•
To get the transfer escape end flag, call
R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferEscapeEndFlag_C<channel number>.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
EXDMAC0 is set to repeat transfer mode
•
The transfer start trigger is EDREQ0 signal or MTU
•
[Completion of repeat/block/cluster size transfer] is selected for the interrupt output source
•
The EXDMAC interrupt priority level is 0
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
bool end;
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
//Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
//Wait for the transfer escape end flag to become 1
do{
R_PG_EXDMAC_GetTransferEscapeEndFlag_C0( & end );
} while( end == false );
//Clear the DMA transfer escape end flag
R_PG_EXDMAC_ClearTransferEscapeEndFlag_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 102 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.7.14 R_PG_EXDMAC_SetSrcAddress_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_SetSrcAddress_C<channel number>(void * src_addr)
Definition
< channel number > : 0, 1
Description
Set the source address
Parameter
void * src_addr
The source address to be set
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
R_EXDMAC_Control
This function sets the source address.
Details
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
•
EDREQ0 signal or MTU was selected as a transfer start trigger of EXDMAC0
Exdmac0IntFunc was specified as the EXDMAC interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
// Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//EXDMAC interrupt notification function
void Exdmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Suspend the DMA transfer
R_PG_EXDMAC_Suspend_C0();
//Change the EXDMAC0 settings
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetSrcAddress_C0( src_address ); //Source address
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetDestAddress_C0( dest_address ); //Destination address
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetTransferCount_C0( tr_count ); //Transfer counter
// Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 103 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.7.15 R_PG_EXDMAC_SetDestAddress_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_SetDestAddress_C<channel number>(void * dest_addr)
Definition
< channel number > : 0, 1
Description
Set the destiation address
Parameter
void * dest_addr
The destination address to be set
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
R_EXDMAC_Control
This function sets the destination address.
Details
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
•
EDREQ0 signal or MTU was selected as a transfer start trigger of EXDMAC0
Exdmac0IntFunc was specified as the EXDMAC interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
// Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//EXDMAC interrupt notification function
void Exdmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Suspend the DMA transfer
R_PG_EXDMAC_Suspend_C0();
//Set up the EXDMAC and continue
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetSrcAddress_C0( src_address ); //Source address
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetDestAddress_C0( dest_address ); //Destination address
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetTransferCount_C0( tr_count ); //Transfer counter
// Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 104 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.7.16 R_PG_EXDMAC_SetAddressOffset_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_SetAddressOffset_C<channel number>( int32_t offset )
Definition
< channel number > : 0, 1
Description
Set the address offset
Conditions for
[Offset addition] is selected for [Source address update mode] or [Destination address
output
update mode].
Parameter
int32_t offset
The offset value to be set
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
R_EXDMAC_Control
This function sets the address offset.
The range of the address offset value is from +FFFFFFh to -1000000h.
Details
•
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
•
•
EDREQ0 signal or MTU was selected as a transfer start trigger of EXDMAC0
Exdmac0IntFunc was specified as the EXDMAC interrupt notification function name
[Offset addition] is selected.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
// Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//EXDMAC interrupt notification function
void Exdmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Suspend the DMA transfer
R_PG_EXDMAC_Suspend_C0();
//Set up the EXDMAC and continue
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetSrcAddress_C0( src_address ); //Source address
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetDestAddress_C0( dest_address ); //Destination address
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetTransferCount_C0( tr_count ); //Transfer counter
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetAddressOffset_C0( offset ); //Address offset
// Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 105 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.7.17 R_PG_EXDMAC_SetExtendedRepeatSrc_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_SetExtendedRepeatSrc_C<channel number>( uint32_t area )
Definition
< channel number > : 0, 1
Description
Set the source address extended repeat value
Conditions for
An extended repeat area is specified for the transfer source.
output
Parameter
uint32_t area
The source address extended repeat value to be set
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
R_EXDMAC_Control
This function sets the source address extended repeat value.
The value can be any power of 2, from 21 to 227.
Details
•
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
•
•
EDREQ0 signal or MTU was selected as a transfer start trigger of EXDMAC0
Exdmac0IntFunc was specified as the EXDMAC interrupt notification function name
An extended repeat area is specified for the transfer source and destination.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
// Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//EXDMAC interrupt notification function
void Exdmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Suspend the DMA transfer
R_PG_EXDMAC_Suspend_C0();
//Change the EXDMAC0 settings
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetSrcAddress_C0( src_address ); //Source address
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetDestAddress_C0( dest_address ); //Destination address
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetTransferCount_C0( tr_count ); //Transfer counter
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetExtendedRepeatSrc_C0( src_repeat ); //Source extended repeat size
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetExtendedRepeatDest_C0( dest_repeat ); //Destination extended repeat size
// Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 106 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.7.18 R_PG_EXDMAC_SetExtendedRepeatDest_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_SetExtendedRepeatDest_C<channel number>( uint32_t area )
Definition
< channel number > : 0, 1
Description
Set the destination address extended repeat value
Conditions for
An extended repeat area is specified for the transfer destination.
output
Parameter
uint32_t area
The destination address extended repeat value to be set
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
R_EXDMAC_Control
This function sets the destination address extended repeat value.
The value can be any power of 2, from 21 to 227.
Details
•
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
•
•
EDREQ0 signal or MTU was selected as a transfer start trigger of EXDMAC0
Exdmac0IntFunc was specified as the EXDMAC interrupt notification function name
An extended repeat area is specified for the transfer source and destination.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
// Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//EXDMAC interrupt notification function
void Exdmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Suspend the DMA transfer
R_PG_EXDMAC_Suspend_C0();
//Change the EXDMAC0 settings
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetSrcAddress_C0( src_address ); //Source address
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetDestAddress_C0( dest_address ); //Destination address
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetTransferCount_C0( tr_count ); //Transfer counter
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetExtendedRepeatSrc_C0( src_repeat ); //Source extended repeat size
R_PG_EXDMAC_SetExtendedRepeatDest_C0( dest_repeat ); //Destination extended repeat
size
// Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 107 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.7.19 R_PG_EXDMAC_StopModule_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_EXDMAC_StopModule_C<channel number> ( void )
Definition
< channel number > : 0, 1
Description
Stop the EXDMAC channel
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Stopping succeeded.
false
Stopping failed.
File for output
R_PG_EXDMAC_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
R_EXDMAC_Destroy
•
Stops the EXDMAC channel.
•
If all EXDMAC channels are stopped, EXDMAC shall be module-stop state.
•
If the MTU is being used to trigger EXDMAC transfer, stop the trigger sources before
calling this function.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
The MTU was selected as a transfer start trigger of EXDMAC0
•
Exdmac0IntFunc was specified as the EXDMAC interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
//Set up EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_Set_C0();
//Set up MTU and start the count
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U0_C1();
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C1();
// Make EXDMAC0 be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_EXDMAC_Activate_C0();
}
//EXDMAC interrupt notification function
void Exdmac0IntFunc (void)
{
//Stop the MTU
R_PG_Timer_StopModule_MTU_U0();
//Stop the EXDMAC0
R_PG_EXDMAC_StopModule_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 108 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.8 Data Transfer Controller (DTCa)
4.8.1
R_PG_DTC_Set
Definition
bool R_PG_DTC_Set (void)
Description
Set the common options for DTC
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_Dtc.c
RPDL function
R_DTC_Set
Details
•
This function configures the read skip control, address mode and the DTC vector table
base address.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
The DTC vector table address has been set to 15000h.
•
The transfer setting of which the transfer start trigger is IRQ8 has been made.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
//DTC vector table
#pragma address dtc_vector_table = 0x00015000
uint32_t dtc_vector_table [256];
//Set up the DTC
void func(void)
{
// Set the common options for DTC
R_PG_DTC_Set();
//Make the transfer setting of which the transfer start trigger is IRQ8
R_PG_DTC_Set_IRQ8();
//Make DTC be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DTC_Activate_C0();
//Set up IRQ8
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ8();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 109 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.8.2
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_DTC_Set_<trigger source>
bool R_PG_DTC_Set_<trigger source> (void)
Definition
< trigger source > :
SWINT, CMT0 to 3, D0FIFO0 to 1, D1FIFO0 to 1, SPRI0 to 1, SPTI0 to 1, IRQ0 to 15,
ADI0 to 1, S12ADI0, TGI0A to 10D, TGIU5 to TGIW11, CMIA0 to B3, DMACIA0 to 3,
EXDMACI0 to 1, RXI0 to 6, TXI0 to 6, ICRXI0 to 1, ICTXI0 to 1
Description
Set up DTC transfer data
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_Dtc.c
RPDL function
R_DTC_Create
Details
•
•
•
Store the transfer data that will be triggered by transfer start trigger in specified address.
The transfer data of the chain transfer will also be stored.
If other transfer data has already been stored in the specified address, new data will be
overwritten.
This function does not set any interrupts used for transfer start triggers. Set up interrupts
by each peripheral function.
Select DTC as the request destination of interrupts used for the transfer start trigger.
•
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
The DTC vector table address has been set to 15000h.
•
The transfer setting of which the transfer start trigger is IRQ8 has been made.
•
The transfer setting of which the transfer start trigger is IRQ9 has been made.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
//DTC vector table
#pragma address dtc_vector_table = 0x00015000
uint32_t dtc_vector_table [256];
//Set up the DTC
void func(void)
{
// Set the common options for DTC
R_PG_DTC_Set();
//Make the transfer setting of which the transfer start trigger is IRQ8
R_PG_DTC_Set_IRQ8();
//Make the transfer setting of which the transfer start trigger is IRQ9
R_PG_DTC_Set_IRQ9();
//Make DTC be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DTC_Activate_C0();
//Set up IRQ8 and IRQ9
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ8();
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ9();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 110 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.8.3
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_DTC_Activate
Definition
bool R_PG_DTC_Activate (void)
Description
Make the DTC be ready for the transfer start trigger
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_Dtc.c
RPDL function
R_DTC_Control
Details
•
•
Example
•
•
•
•
•
Makes the DTC be ready for the transfer start trigger.
Call R_PG_DTC_Set_<trigger source> to store the transfer data before calling this
function.
A case where the setting is made as follows.
The DTC vector table address has been set to 15000h.
The transfer setting of which the transfer start trigger is IRQ8 has been made.
“Request is transferred to CPU when specified transfer is completed” has been selected
in the interrupt setting.
The chain transfer has been disabled.
Irq8IntFunc has been specified as an IRQ8 interrupt notification function name.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
//DTC vector table
#pragma address dtc_vector_table = 0x00015000
uint32_t dtc_vector_table [256];
//Set up the DTC
void func(void)
{
// Set the common options for DTC
R_PG_DTC_Set();
//Make the transfer setting of which the transfer start trigger is IRQ8
R_PG_DTC_Set_IRQ8();
//Make DTC be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DTC_Activate_C0();
}
void Irq8IntFunc(void)
{
//Disable the IRQ8
//(After specified number of transfer completes, transfer will be executed
// when the trigger is input. To stop the data transfer, disable the interrupt.)
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Disable_IRQ8();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 111 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.8.4
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_DTC_SuspendTransfer
Definition
bool R_PG_DTC_SuspendTransfer (void)
Description
Stop the data transfer
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Stopping succeeded
false
Stopping failed
File for output
R_PG_Dtc.c
RPDL function
R_DTC_Control
Details
•
Stops the data transfer.
•
If transfer is stopped during data transfer, the accepted start request is active until the
processing is completed.
Call R_DTC_Activate to resume the transfer.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
The DTC vector table address has been set to 15000h.
•
•
The transfer setting of which the transfer start trigger is IRQ8 has been made.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
//DTC vector table
#pragma address dtc_vector_table = 0x00015000
uint32_t dtc_vector_table [256];
//Set up the DTC
void func(void)
{
// Set the common options for DTC
R_PG_DTC_Set();
//Make the transfer setting of which the transfer start trigger is IRQ8
R_PG_DTC_Set_IRQ8();
//Make DTC be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DTC_Activate_C0();
//Set up IRQ8
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ8();
}
//Suspend the DTC transfer
void func2(void)
{
R_PG_DTC_SuspendTransfer();
}
//Resume the DTC transfer
void func3(void)
{
R_PG_DTC_Activate_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 112 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.8.5
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_DTC_GetTransmitStatus
Definition
bool R_PG_DTC_GetTransmitStatus (uint8_t * vector, bool * active)
Description
Get transfer status
Parameter
uint8_t * vector
The address of storage area for the vector number of current data
transfer (Valid when “* active” is 1 )
bool * active
The address of storage area for the progress flag. If this value is 1,
the data transfer is processed.
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
File for output
R_PG_Dtc.c
RPDL function
R_DTC_GetStatus
Details
Example
•
This function acquires the active flag and the vector number of the current data transfer.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t vector;
bool active;
void func(void)
{
//Get the DTC transfer status
R_PG_DTC_GetTransmitStatus ( &vector, &active);
if(active){
switch( vector ){
case 72:
//Processing when the transfer of vector 72 is in progress
break;
case 73:
//Processing when the transfer of vector 73 is in progress
break;
default:
}
}
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 113 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.8.6
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_DTC_StopModule
Definition
bool R_PG_DTC_StopModule (void)
Description
Shut down the DTC
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Shutting down succeeded
false
Shutting down failed
File for output
R_PG_Dtc.c
RPDL function
R_DTC_Destroy
Details
•
•
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
The DTC vector table address has been set to 15000h.
•
The transfer setting of which the transfer start trigger is IRQ8 has been made.
•
The transfer setting of which the transfer start trigger is IRQ9 has been made.
This function shuts down the DTC and places it in the module-stop state.
Disable the interrupt used for transfer start trigger before calling this function.
This function shuts down DTC and DMAC. Use R_PG_DTC_SuspendTransfer to stop
only DTC.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
//DTC vector table
#pragma address dtc_vector_table = 0x00015000
uint32_t dtc_vector_table [256];
void func(void)
{
// Set the common options for DTC
R_PG_DTC_Set();
//Make the transfer setting of which the transfer start trigger is IRQ8
R_PG_DTC_Set_IRQ8();
//Make the transfer setting of which the transfer start trigger is IRQ9
R_PG_DTC_Set_IRQ9();
//Make DTC be ready for the transfer start trigger
R_PG_DTC_Activate_C0();
//Set up IRQ8 and IRQ9
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ8();
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ9();
}
void func2(void)
{
//Disable IRQ8 and IRQ9
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Disable_IRQ8();
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Disable_IRQ9();
//Shut down the DTC
R_PG_DTC_StopModule();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 114 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.9 I/O Ports
4.9.1
R_PG_IO_PORT_Set_P<port number>
bool R_PG_IO_PORT_Set_P<port number> (void)
Definition
<port number>: 0 to 9 and A to G
Description
Set up the I/O port
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_IO_PORT_P<port number>.c
<port number>: 0 to 9 and A to G
RPDL function
Details
R_IO_PORT_Set
•
Selects the direction (input or output), input buffer, pull-up, and open-drain output for
pins for which [Used as I/O port] was specified in the GUI.
•
This function is used to set all pins in a port for which [Used as I/O port] has been
selected.
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Set P0.
R_PG_IO_PORT_Set_P0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 115 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.9.2
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_IO_PORT_Set_P<port number><pin number>
bool R_PG_IO_PORT_Set_P<port number><pin number> (void)
Definition
<port number>: 0 to 9 and A to G
<pin number>: 0 to 7
Description
Set up the I/O port pin
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_IO_PORT_P<port number>.c
<port number>: 0 to 9 and A to G
RPDL function
Details
R_IO_PORT_Set
•
Selects the direction (input or output), input buffer, pulling up, and open-drain output for
a pin for which [Used as I/O port] was specified in the GUI.
•
Example
The setting only applies to one pin.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Set P00.
R_PG_IO_PORT_Set_P00();
//Set P01.
R_PG_IO_PORT_Set_P01();
//Set P02.
R_PG_IO_PORT_Set_P02();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 116 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.9.3
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_IO_PORT_Read_P<port number>
bool R_PG_IO_PORT_Read_P<port number> (uint8_t * data)
Definition
<port number>: 0 to 9 and A to G
Description
Read data from the I/O port register
Parameter
uint8_t * data
Destination for storage of the read pin state
Return value
true
Reading proceeded correctly.
false
Reading failed.
File for output
R_PG_IO_PORT_P<port number>.c
<port number>: 0 to 9 and A to G
RPDL function
Details
Example
R_IO_PORT_Read
•
Reads an I/O port register to acquire the states of the pins.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
uint8_t data
//Acquire the states of P0 pins.
R_PG_IO_PORT_Read_P0( &data );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 117 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.9.4
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_IO_PORT_Read_P<port number><pin number>
bool R_PG_IO_PORT_Read_P<port number><pin number> (uint8_t * data)
Definition
<port number>: 0 to 9 and A to G
<pin number>: 0 to 7
Description
Read 1-bit data from the I/O port register
Parameter
uint8_t * data
Destination for storage of the read pin state
Return value
true
Reading proceeded correctly.
false
Reading failed.
File for output
R_PG_IO_PORT_P<port number>.c
(<port number>: 0 to 9 and A to G)
RPDL function
Details
Example
R_IO_PORT_Read
•
Reads an I/O port register to acquire the state of one pin.
•
The value is stored in the lowest-order bit of *data.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
uint8_t data_p00, data_p01, data_p02;
//Acquire the state of pin P00.
R_PG_IO_PORT_Read_P00( & data_p00);
//Acquire the state of pin P01.
R_PG_IO_PORT_Read_P01( & data_p01);
//Acquire the state of pin P02.
R_PG_IO_PORT_Read_P02( & data_p02);
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 118 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.9.5
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_IO_PORT_Write_P<port number>
Definition
bool R_PG_IO_PORT_Write_P<port number> (uint8_t data)
<port number>: 0 to 9 and A to G
Description
Write data to the I/O port data register
Parameter
uint8_t data
Value to be written
Return value
true
Writing proceeded correctly.
false
Writing failed.
File for output
R_PG_IO_PORT_P<port number>.c
<port number>: 0 to 9 and A to G
RPDL function
Details
R_IO_PORT_Write
•
Writes a value to an I/O port data register. A value written to the register is output from
the output port.
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Set P0.
R_PG_IO_PORT_Set_P0();
//Output 0x03 from P0.
R_PG_IO_PORT_Write_P0( 0x03 );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 119 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
4.9.6
Specification of Generated Functions
R_PG_IO_PORT_Write_P<port number><pin number>
bool R_PG_IO_PORT_Write_P<port number><pin number> (uint8_t data)
Definition
<port number>: 0 to 9 and A to G
<pin number>: 0 to 7
Description
Write 1-bit data to the I/O port data register
Parameter
uint8_t data
Value to be written
Return value
true
Writing proceeded correctly.
false
Writing failed.
File for output
R_PG_IO_PORT_P<port number>.c
<port number>: 0 to 9 and A to G
RPDL function
Details
R_IO_PORT_Write
•
Writes a value to an I/O port data register. A value written to an output port is output.
Store the value in the lowest-order bit of data.
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Set P00.
R_PG_IO_PORT_Set_P00();
//Set P01.
R_PG_IO_PORT_Set_P01();
//Output low level from P00.
R_PG_IO_PORT_Write_P00( 0x00 );
//Output high level from P01.
R_PG_IO_PORT_Write_P01( 0x01 );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 120 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.10 Multi-Function Timer Pulse Unit 2 (MTU2)
4.10.1 R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number> (void)
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 11
Description
Set up the MTU
Parameter
None
Return value
true
false
File for output
R_PG_Timer_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 11
RPDL function
R_MTU2_Set, R_MTU2_Create
Details
•
•
•
•
•
Example
Setting was made correctly
Setting failed
Releases the MTU from the module-stop and makes initial settings.
Interrupts of the MTU are set by this function. When the name of the interrupt notification
function has been specified in the GUI, if an interrupt occurs in the CPU, the function
having the specified name will be called. Create the interrupt notification function as
follows:
void <name of the interrupt notification function> (void)
For the interrupt notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on
Notification Functions.
If the interrupt propriety level is set to 0 in the GUI, a CPU interrupt does not occur. The
state of a request flag can be acquired by calling
R_PG_Timer_GetRequestFlag_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>.
When counting driven by an externally input clock, the external reset signal, input
capture, or pulse output is in use, the direction (input or output) and input buffer for the
pin to be used is set in this function.
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>(_<phase>) can
be used to start the count operation.
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• MTU unit 1 channel 6 was set up
• Mtu6IcCmAIntFunc was specified as a compare match A interrupt notification function
name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U1_C6();
//Set up the MTU6
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U1_C6();
// Start the count operation
}
void Mtu6IcCmAIntFunc(void)
{
//Processing in response to a compare match A interrupt
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 121 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.10.2 R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>(_<phase>)
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number> (void)
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 4 and 6 to 10
bool R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>_<phase> (void)
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 5 or 11
<phase>: U, V or W
Description
Start the MTU count operation
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_Timer_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 11
RPDL function
R_MTU2_ControlChannel
Details
•
Starts the MTU count operation.
•
Call R_PG_Timer_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number> to make the initial
settings before calling this function.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• MTU unit 0 channel 1 was set up
• Mtu1IcCmAIntFunc was specified as the compare match A interrupt notification function
name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U0_C1();
//Set up the MTU1
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C1();
// Start the count operation
}
void Mtu1IcCmAIntFunc(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_MTU_U0_C1();
func_cmA();
//Halt the count operation
//Processing in response to a compare match A interrupt
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C1();
//Resume the count operation
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 122 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.10.3 R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>(_<phase>)
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number> (void)
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 4 and 6 to 10
bool R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>_<phase> (void)
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 5 or 11
<phase>: U, V or W
Description
Halt the MTU count operation
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Halting succeeded.
false
Halting failed.
File for output
R_PG_Timer_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 11
RPDL function
Details
R_MTU2_ControlChannel
•
Halts the MTU count operation.
•
To make the MTU resume counting, call the following function.
For MTU0 to MTU4 and MTU6 to MTU10
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
For MTU5 and MTU11
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>_<phase>
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• MTU unit 0 channel 1 was set up
• Mtu1IcCmAIntFunc was specified as the compare match A interrupt notification function
name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U0_C1();
//Set up the MTU1
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C1();
// Start the count operation
}
void Mtu1IcCmAIntFunc(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_MTU_U0_C1();
func_cmA();
//Halt the count operation
//Processing in response to a compare match A interrupt
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C1();
//Resume the count operation
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 123 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.10.4 R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
(uint16_t * counter_val)
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 4 and 6 to 10
bool R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
( uint16_t * counter_u_val, uint16_t * counter_v_val, uint16_t * counter_w_val )
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 5 or 11
Description
Acquire the MTU counter value
Parameter
For MTU0 to MTU4 and MTU6 to MTU10
uint16_t * counter_val
Destination for storage of the counter value
For MTU5 and MTU11
Return value
File for output
uint16_t * counter_u_val
Destination for storage of the counter U value
uint16_t * counter_v_val
Destination for storage of the counter V value
uint16_t * counter_w_val
Destination for storage of the counter value
true
Acquisition of the counter value succeeded.
false
Acquisition of the counter value failed.
R_PG_Timer_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 11
RPDL function
R_MTU2_ReadChannel
Details
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• MTU unit 0 channel 0 was set up
• Set TGRA as an input capture register and enable an input capture A interrupt
• Mtu0IcCmAIntFunc was specified as the input capture A interrupt notification function
name
Acquires the counter value of a MTU.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
uint16_t counter_val;
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U0_C0();
//Set up the MTU0
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C0();
// Start the count operation
}
void Mtu0IcCmAIntFunc(void)
{
// Acquire the value of the MTU0 counter
R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_MTU_U0_C0( & counter_val );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 124 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.10.5 R_PG_Timer_SetCounterValue_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_SetCounterValue_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
(uint16_t counter_val)
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 4 and 6 to 10
bool R_PG_Timer_SetCounterValue_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>_<phase>
(uint16_t counter_val)
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 5 or 11
<phase>: U, V or W
bool R_PG_Timer_SetCounterValue_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
( uint16_t counter_u_val, uint16_t counter_v_val, uint16_t counter_w_val )
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 5 or 11
Description
Set the MTU counter value
Parameter
For MTU0 to MTU11
uint16_t counter_val
Value to be written to the counter
For MTU5 and MTU11
Return value
File for output
uint16_t counter_u_val
Value to be written to the counter U
uint16_t counter_v_val
Value to be written to the counter V
uint16_t counter_w_val
Value to be written to the counter W
true
Setting of the counter value succeeded.
false
Setting of the counter value failed.
R_PG_Timer_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 11
RPDL function
Details
R_MTU2_ControlChannel
•
Example
•
•
•
Set the counter value of a MTU.
A case where the setting is made as follows.
MTU unit 0 channel 1 was set up
Set TGRA as an output compare register and enable a compare match A interrupt
Mtu1IcCmAIntFunc was specified as the compare match A interrupt notification function
name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func (void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U0_C1(); //Set up the MTU1
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C1(); // Start the count operation
}
void Mtu1IcCmAIntFunc(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_SetCounterValue_MTU_U0_C1( 0 ); //Clear the counter
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 125 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.10.6 R_PG_Timer_GetRequestFlag_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_GetRequestFlag_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
( bool* cm_ic_a,
bool* cm_ic_b, bool* cm_ic_c, bool* cm_ic_d,
bool* cm_e,
bool* cm_f,
bool* ov,
bool* un
);
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 3or 6 to 9
bool R_PG_Timer_GetRequestFlag_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
( bool* cm_ic_a,
bool* cm_ic_b, bool* cm_ic_c, bool* cm_ic_d,
bool* cm_e,
bool* cm_f,
bool* ov
);
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 4 or 10
bool R_PG_Timer_GetRequestFlag_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
( bool* cm_ic_u,
bool* cm_ic_v,
bool* cm_ic_w );
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 5 or 11
Description
Acquire and clear the MTU interrupt flags
Parameter
bool* cm_ic_a
The address of storage area for the compare match/input capture A flag
bool* cm_ic_b
The address of storage area for the compare match/input capture B flag
bool* cm_ic_c
The address of storage area for the compare match/input capture C flag
bool* cm_ic_d
The address of storage area for the compare match/input capture D flag
bool* cm_e
The address of storage area for the compare match E flag
bool* cm_f
The address of storage area for the compare match F flag
bool* ov
The address of storage area for the overflow flag
bool* un
The address of storage area for the underflow flag
bool* cm_ic_u
The address of storage area for the compare match/input capture U flag
bool* cm_ic_v
The address of storage area for the compare match/input capture V flag
bool* cm_ic_w
The address of storage area for the compare match/input capture W flag
true
Acquisition of the flags succeeded
false
Acquisition of the flags failed
Return value
File for output
R_PG_Timer_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 11
RPDL function
Details
R_MTU2_ReadChannel
•
This function acquires the interrupt flags of MTU.
•
All flags will be cleared in this function.
•
Specify the address of storage area for the flags to be acquired.
Specify 0 for a flag that is not required.
•
The flags of compare match/imput capture C and D are available in channel 0, 3, 4, 6, 9 and 10.
Specify 0 for other channels.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
•
The underflow flag is available in channel 1, 2, 7, and 8. Specify 0 for other channels.
•
The flags of compare match E and F are available in channel 1 and 6. Specify 0 for other channels.
Rev.1.04
Page 126 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example
Specification of Generated Functions
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• MTU unit 0 channel 1 was set up
• TGRA is set as an output compare register and the compare match interrupt is enabled
• The priority level of compare match interrupt is set to 0
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
bool cma_flag;
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U0_C1(); //Set up the MTU1
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C1(); // Start the count operation
//Wait for the compare match A
do{
R_PG_Timer_GetRequestFlag_MTU_U0_C1(
& cma_flag, //a
0, //b
0, //c
0, //d
0, //e
0, //f
0, //e
0, //ov
0 //un
);
} while( !cma_flag );
//Processing in response to a compare match A
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 127 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.10.7 R_PG_Timer_StopModule_MTU_U<unit number>
bool R_PG_Timer_StopModule_MTU_U<unit number> (void)
Definition
<unit number>: 0 or 1
Description
Shut down the MTU unit
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Shutting down succeeded
false
Shutting down failed
File for output
R_PG_Timer_MTU_U<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
R_MTU2_Destroy
•
Stops a MTU unit and places it in the module-stop state per unit. If two or more channels
are running when this function is called, all channels are stopped. Call the following
function to stop a single channel.
For MTU0 to MTU4 and MTU6 to MTU10
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
For MTU5 and MTU11
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>_<phase>
Example
•
•
A case where the setting is made as follows.
MTU unit 0 channel 1 was set up
Set TGRA as an output compare register and enable a compare match A interrupt
Mtu1IcCmAIntFunc was specified as the compare match A interrupt notification function
name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U0_C1(); //Set up the MTU1
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C1(); // Start the count operation
}
void Mtu1IcCmAIntFunc(void)
{
// Stop the MTU unit 0
R_PG_Timer_StopModule_MTU_U0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 128 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.10.8 R_PG_Timer_GetTGR_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_GetRequestFlag_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
( uint16_t* tgr_a_val,
uint16_t* tgr_b_val,
uint16_t* tgr_c_val,
uint16_t* tgr_d_val, uint16_t* tgr_e_val,
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 4 or 6 to 10
uint16_t* tgr_f_val
);
bool R_PG_Timer_GetRequestFlag_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
( uint16_t * tgr_u_val, uint16_t * tgr_v_val,
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 5 or 11
uint16_t * tgr_w_val );
Description
Acquire the general register value
Parameter
uint16_t* tgr_a_val
The address of storage area for the general register A value
uint16_t* tgr_b_val
The address of storage area for the general register B value
uint16_t* tgr_c_val
The address of storage area for the general register C value
uint16_t* tgr_d_val
The address of storage area for the general register D value
uint16_t* tgr_u_val
The address of storage area for the general register U value
uint16_t* tgr_v_val
The address of storage area for the general register V value
uint16_t* tgr_w_val
The address of storage area for the general register W value
true
Acquisition of the flags succeeded
false
Acquisition of the flags failed
Return value
File for output
R_PG_Timer_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 11
RPDL function
Details
R_MTU2_ReadChannel
•
•
•
•
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
This function acquires the general register value.
Specify the address of storage area for an item to be acquired. Specify 0 for an item that
is not required.
The general register C and D are available in channel 0, 3, 6, and 9. Specify 0 for other
channels.
The general register E and F are available in channel 1 and 6. Specify 0 for other
channels.
Rev.1.04
Page 129 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example
Specification of Generated Functions
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• MTU unit 0 channel 0 was set up
• Set TGRA as an input capture register and enable an input capture A interrupt
• Mtu0IcCmAIntFunc was specified as the input capture A interrupt notification function
name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
uint16_t tgr_a_val;
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U0_C0();
//Set up the MTU0
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C0();
// Start the count operation
}
void Mtu0IcCmAIntFunc(void)
{
// Acquire the value of the TGRA
R_PG_Timer_GetTGR_MTU_U0_C0(
& tgr_a_val, //a
0, //b
0, //c
0, //d
0, //e
0 //f
);
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 130 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.10.9 R_PG_Timer_SetTGR_<general register>_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_SetTGR_<general register>_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
(uint16_t value);
<general register>: A, B, C, D, E, or F ( for MTU0 and MTU6 )
A, B, C, or D
( for MTU3, MTU4, MTU9 and MTU10 )
A or B
( for MTU1, MTU2, MTU7 and MTU8 )
U, V or W
(for MTU5 and MTU11)
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 11
Description
Set the general register value
Parameter
uint16_t value
Value to be written to the general register
Return value
true
Setting of the general register succeeded.
false
Setting of the general register failed.
File for output
R_PG_Timer_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 11
RPDL function
Details
R_MTU2_ControlChannel
•
Example
•
•
•
This function sets the general register value.
A case where the setting is made as follows.
MTU unit 0 channel 1 was set up
Set TGRA as an output compare register and enable a compare match A interrupt
Mtu1IcCmAIntFunc was specified as the compare match A interrupt notification function
name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func (void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U0_C1(); //Set up the MTU1
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C1(); // Start the count operation
}
void Mtu1IcCmAIntFunc(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_SetTGR_A__MTU_U0_C1( 1000 ); //Set TGRA
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 131 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.10.10 R_PG_Timer_SetBuffer_AD_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_SetBuffer_AD_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
( uint16_t tadcobr_a_val, uint16_t tadcobr_b_val );
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 4 or 10
Description
Set A/D converter start request cycle set buffer registers (TADCOBRA and TADCOBRB)
Conditions for
The buffer-transfer of A/D converter start request cycle register’s value is enabled
output
Parameter
uint16_t tadcobr_a_val
Value to be written to TADCOBRA
uint16_t tadcobr_b_val
Value to be written to TADCOBRB
true
Setting of the counter value succeeded.
false
Setting of the counter value failed.
Return value
File for output
R_PG_Timer_MTU_U<unit number>_C<channel number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 4 or 10
RPDL function
R_MTU2_ControlChannel
Details
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• Buffer transfer of A/D converter start request cycle set register has been enabled
This function sets the TADCOBRA and TADCOBRB values.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func (void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U0_C4(); //Set up the MTU1
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C4(); // Start the count operation
}
void Mtu1IcCmAIntFunc(void)
{
// Set TADCOBRA and TADCOBRB
R_PG_Timer_SetBuffer_AD_MTU_U0_C4( 0x10, 0x20 );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 132 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.11 Port Output Enable 2 (POE2)
4.11.1 R_PG_POE_Set
Definition
bool R_PG_POE_Set (void)
Description
Set up the POE
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_POE.c
RPDL function
R_POE_Set, R_POE_Create
•
•
•
•
Example
Sets up the output control of MTU0, 3, 4, 6, 9, or 10 pins, the POE pins used for
high-impedance request signal input, and the output enable interrupt.
The MTU module is not set up in this function.
Do not set pins that are not used for MTU output.
When the name of the interrupt notification function has been specified in the GUI, if an
interrupt occurs in the CPU, the function having the specified name will be called. Create the
interrupt notification function as follows:
void <name of the interrupt notification function> (void)
For the interrupt notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on
Notification Functions.
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• The output enable interrupt 2(OEI2) has been set
PoeOei2IntFunc has been specified as an interrupt notification function name
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_POE_Set();
}
// Set up the POE
void PoeOei2IntFunc (void)
{
// Processing when the output enable interrupt occurs
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 133 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.11.2 R_PG_POE_SetHiZ_MTU<MTU channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_POE_SetHiZ_MTU<MTU channel number>(void)
<MTU channel number>: 0, 3_4, 6, 9_10
Description
Place the MTU output pins in high-impedance state
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_POE.c
RPDL function
R_POE_Control
Details
Example
Places MTU0, 3, 4, 6, 9, or 10 output pins in high-impedance state.
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• MTU0 pin output has been set (Setting of MTU)
• MTU0 output pins have been set to be controlled by the high impedance request
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func1(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U0_C0();
//Set up the MTU0
R_PG_POE_Set();
// Set up the POE
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C0();
//Start the count operation of MTU0
}
void func2(void)
{
R_PG_POE_SetHiZ_MTU0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
// Place the MTU0 output pins in high-impedance state
Page 134 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.11.3 R_PG_POE_GetRequestFlagHiZ_MTU<MTU channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_POE_GetRequestFlagHiZ_MTU0 (bool* poe8)
bool R_PG_POE_GetRequestFlagHiZ_MTU3_4 (bool* poe0, bool* poe1, bool* poe2, bool* poe3)
bool R_PG_POE_GetRequestFlagHiZ_MTU6 (bool* poe9)
bool R_PG_POE_GetRequestFlagHiZ_MTU9_10 (bool* poe4, bool* poe5, bool* poe6, bool* poe7)
Description
Acquire the high-impedance request flags
Parameter
bool* poen
The address of storage area for POEn#(n:0 to 9) high-impedance request flags
(n:0 to 9)
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
File for output
R_PG_POE.c
RPDL function
R_POE_GetStatus
Details
•
Acquires the flags of high-impedance request signals input to POEn#pins(n:0 to 9) (POEnF
n:0 to 9).
Specify the address of storage area for the flags to be acquired. Specify 0 for a flag that is not
required.
The flag is valid only when the POE pin is set to a high-impedance request input in GUI.
•
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• MTU3 and 4 pin output has been set (Setting of MTU)
• MTU3 and 4 output pins have been set to be controlled by the high impedance request
• POE0 has been selected as a high-impedance request signal input
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
bool poe0;
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U0_C3();
//Set up the MTU
R_PG_POE_Set();
// Set up the POE
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C3();
//Start the count operation of MTU
//Wait for the high-impedance request signal to be input
do{
R_PG_POE_GetRequestFlagHiZ_MTU3_4( &poe0, 0, 0, 0 );
}while( ! poe0 );
//Processing when the high-impedance request signal is input
R_PG_POE_ClearFlag_MTU3_4();
//Clear high-impedance request flag
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 135 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.11.4 R_PG_POE_GetShortFlag_MTU<MTU channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_POE_GetShortFlag_MTU3_4 (bool * detected)
bool R_PG_POE_GetShortFlag_MTU9_10 (bool * detected)
Description
Acquire the MTU output short flags
Parameter
bool* detected
The address of storage area for the output short flag (MTU3,4:OSF1 or
MTU9,10:OSF2)
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
File for output
R_PG_POE.c
RPDL function
R_POE_GetStatus
Details
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• The output enable interrupt1(OEI1) has been set.
• PoeOei1IntFunc has been specified as the output enable interrupt 1 notification function
name.
Acquires the MTU3 ,4 or MTU9,10 complementary PWM output short flags (MTU3,4:OSF1
or MTU9,10:OSF2).
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_POE_Set();
}
// Set up the POE
void PoeOei1IntFunc(void)
{
bool detected;
//Acquire the output short flag
R_PG_POE_GetShortFlag_MTU3_4 (&detected);
if( detected ){
//Processing when MTU3,4 output short is detected
R_PG_POE_ClearFlag_MTU3_4();
// Clear the output short flag(OSF1)
}
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 136 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.11.5 R_PG_POE_ClearFlag_MTU<MTU channel number>
bool R_PG_POE_ClearFlag_MTU<MTU channel number>(void)
Definition
< MTU channel number>: 0, 3_4, 6, 9_10
Description
Clear the high-impedance request flags and the output short flags
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Clearing succeeded
false
Clearing failed
File for output
R_PG_POE.c
RPDL function
R_POE_Control
Details
Example
•
•
Clears the high-impedance request flags and the output short flags.
The flags that shall be cleared by each function are as follows.
MTU
Flags
0
3, 4
6
9, 10
POE8 request flag (POE8F)
POE0 to 3 request flag (POE0F to POE3F), MTU3,4 output short flag(OSF1)
POE9 request flag (POE9F)
POE4 to 7 request flag (POE4F to POE7F), MTU9,10 output short
flag(OSF2)
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• The output enable interrupt 1 (OEI1) has been set.
• PoeOei1IntFunc has been specified as the output enable interrupt 1 notification function
name.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_POE_Set();
}
// Set up the POE
void PoeOei1IntFunc(void)
{
bool detected;
//Acquire the output short flag
R_PG_POE_GetShortFlag_MTU3_4 (&detected);
if( detected ){
//Processing when MTU3,4 output short is detected
R_PG_POE_ClearFlag_MTU3_4();
// Clear the output short flag
}
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 137 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.12 Programmable Pulse Generator (PPG)
4.12.1 R_PG_PPG_StartOutput_U<unit number>_G<group number>
bool R_PG_PPG_StartOutput_U<unit number>_G<group number> (void)
Definition
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<group number>: 0 to 7
Description
Set up the PPG and start outputting
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_PPG_U<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 and 1
RPDL function
Details
R_PPG_Create
•
Releases the PPG from the module-stop, makes initial settings, and starts the outputting
signals from the selected pins on GUI.
•
This function sets initial output value and 2nd output value.
•
The MTU is not set up in this function. Use MTU function to set up the MTU.
Example
•
•
A case where the setting is made as follows.
Pulse output pins PO8 to PO11 on group 2 have been enabled.
MTU comparematch A interrupt has been enabled and Mtu0IcCmAIntFunc is specified as
a interrupt notification function.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t output_val;
void func(void)
{
output_val=1;
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U0_C0();
//Set up MTU0
R_PG_PPG_StartOutput_U0_G2();
//Set up PPG and start output
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C0();
// Start MTU0 count operation
}
//MTU0 compare match A interrupt notification function
void Mtu0IcCmAIntFunc (void)
{
//Set next output value
R_PG_PPG_SetOutputValue_U0_G2( output_val );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 138 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.12.2 R_PG_PPG_StopOutput_U<unit number>_G<group number>
bool R_PG_PPG_StopOutput_U<unit number>_G<group number> (void)
Definition
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<group number>: 0 to 7
Description
Stop outputting
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_PPG_U<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 and 1
RPDL function
Details
R_PPG_Destroy
•
Stops the PPG output.
•
If all the outputs in a unit become disabled, that unit will be put into the stop state to
reduce power consumption.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• Pulse output pins PO8 to PO11 on group 2 have been enabled.
• MTU comparematch A interrupt has been enabled and Mtu0IcCmAIntFunc is specified as
a interrupt notification function.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t output_val;
void func(void)
{
output_val=1;
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U0_C0();
//Set up MTU0
R_PG_PPG_StartOutput_U0_G2();
//Set up PPG and start output
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C0();
// Start MTU0 count operation
}
//MTU0 compare match A interrupt notification function
void Mtu0IcCmAIntFunc (void)
{
output_val++;
//Increment the output value
R_PG_PPG_SetOutputValue_U0_G2( output_val );
if(output_val >= 0x0f){
R_PG_PPG_StopOutput_U0_G2();
}
//Set the next output value
//Stop the output
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 139 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.12.3 R_PG_PPG_SetOutputValue_U<unit number>_G<group number>
bool R_PG_PPG_SetOutputValue_ U<unit number>_G<group number> (uint8_t data)
Definition
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<group number>: 0 to 7
Description
Set the output value of single group
Parameter
uint8_t output_val
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
Output vale an the next update (MTU compare match)
Group 0,2,4,6 : bit3 to bit0 are avairable
Group 1,3,5,7 : bit7 to bit4 are avairable
File for output
R_PG_PPG_U<unit number>.c
RPDL function
R_PPG_Destroy
Details
•
•
<unit number>: 0 and 1
Sets the output value of single group for next update timing (MTU compare match).
The data is using the format:
For group 1,3,5, and 7, set the value in upper 4 bits.
Group 1, 3, 5 or 7
Group pair
b7
b6
b5
b4
1&0
PO7
PO6
PO5
PO4
3&2
PO15 PO14 PO13 PO12
5&4
PO23 PO22 PO21 PO20
7&6
PO31 PO30 PO29 PO28
Example
b3
PO3
PO11
PO19
PO27
Group 0, 2, 4 or 6
b2
b1
PO2
PO1
PO10
PO9
PO18
PO17
PO26
PO25
b0
PO0
PO8
PO16
PO24
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• Pulse output pins PO4 to PO7 on group 1 have been enabled.
• MTU comparematch A interrupt has been enabled and Mtu0IcCmAIntFunc is specified as
a interrupt notification function.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t output_val;
void func(void)
{
output_val=1;
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U0_C0();
//Set up MTU0
R_PG_PPG_StartOutput_U0_G2();
//Set up PPG and start output
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C0();
// Start MTU0 count operation
}
//MTU0 compare match A interrupt notification function
void Mtu0IcCmAIntFunc (void)
{
output_val++;
//Increment the output value
R_PG_PPG_SetOutputValue_U0_G1( output_val << 4 ); //Set the next output value
if(output_val >= 0x0f){
R_PG_PPG_StopOutput_U0_G1();
//Stop the output
}
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 140 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.12.4 R_PG_PPG_SetOutputValue_U<unit number>_G<group number1>_G<group number2>
Definition
bool R_PG_PPG_SetOutputValue_ U<unit number>_G<group number1>_G<group number2>
(uint8_t data)
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<group number1>: 1, 3, 5, 7
<group number2>: 0, 2, 4, 6
Description
Set the output value for a pair of groups
Conditions for
Pair of groups have been set
output
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_PPG_U<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 and 1
RPDL function
Details
R_PPG_Destroy
•
Sets the output value of a pair of groups (0-1, 2-3, 4-5, or 6-7) for next update timing
(MTU compare match).
•
Example
The data is using the format:
Group 1, 3, 5 or 7
b6
b5
b4
PO6
PO5
PO4
b3
PO3
Group 0, 2, 4 or 6
b2
b1
PO2
PO1
Group pair
1&0
b7
PO7
b0
PO0
3&2
5&4
PO15
PO23
PO14
PO22
PO13
PO21
PO12
PO20
PO11
PO19
PO10
PO18
PO9
PO17
PO8
PO16
7&6
PO31
PO30
PO29
PO28
PO27
PO26
PO25
PO24
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• Pulse output groups 0 and 1 have been enabled.
• MTU comparematch A interrupt has been enabled and Mtu0IcCmAIntFunc is specified as
a interrupt notification function.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t output_val;
void func(void)
{
output_val=1;
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U0_C0();
//Set up MTU0
R_PG_PPG_StartOutput_U0_G0();
//Set up PPG and start output from group 0
R_PG_PPG_StartOutput_U0_G1();
//Set up PPG and start output from froup 1
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C0();
// Start MTU0 count operation
}
void Mtu0IcCmAIntFunc (void)
{
R_PG_PPG_SetOutputValue_U0_G0_G1( output_val ); //Set the next output value
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 141 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.13 8-Bit Timer (TMR)
4.13.1 R_PG_Timer_Start_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>)
bool R_PG_Timer_Start_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>) (void)
Definition
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 3
( (_C<channel number>) is added in the 8-bit mode)
Description
Set up the TMR and start the count operation
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_Timer_TMR_U<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 and 1
RPDL function
R_TMR_CreateChannel (8-bit mode)
R_TMR_CreateUnit (16-bit mode)
Details
•
Releases the TMR from the module-stop, makes initial settings, and starts the TMR
counting. The initial settings are made per channel in the 8-bit mode and per unit in the
16-bit mode (when the two channels of a unit are cascade-connected).
•
Interrupts of the TMR are set by this function. When the name of the interrupt notification
function has been specified in the GUI, if an interrupt occurs in the CPU, the function
having the specified name will be called. Create the interrupt notification function as
follows:
void <name of the interrupt notification function> (void)
For the interrupt notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on
Notification Functions.
If the interrupt propriety level is set to 0 in the GUI, a CPU interrupt does not occur. The
state of a request flag can be acquired by calling
R_PG_Timer_GetRequestFlag_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>).
•
When counting driven by an externally input clock, the external reset signal, or pulse
output is in use, the direction (input or output) and input buffer for the pin to be used is set
in this function.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 142 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example1
Specification of Generated Functions
The 16-bit timer mode has been specified for TMR unit 1.
In this case, the following interrupt notification functions have been set in the GUI.
Overflow interrupt: TmrOf2IntFunc
Compare match A interrupt: TmrCma2IntFunc
Compare match B interrupt: TmrCma2IntFunc
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Place TMR unit 1 in the 16-bit mode.
R_PG_Timer_Start_TMR_U0();
}
void TmrOf2IntFunc(void)
{
func_of();
//Processing in response to an overflow interrupt
}
void TmrCma2IntFunc(void)
{
func_cma();
//Processing in response to a compare match A interrupt
}
void TmrCma2IntFunc(void)
{
func_cmb();
//Processing in response to a compare match B interrupt
}
Example2
The 8-bit timer mode has been specified for TMR0 in the GUI.
Whether an interrupt has been requested or not is confirmed by checking the interrupt flag
in the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func1(void)
{
bool cma_flag;
//Place TMR0 in the 8-bit mode and start it counting.
R_PG_Timer_Start_TMR_U0_C0();
While(1){
bool flag;
//Acquire the compare match A interrupt request flag.
R_PG_PG_Timer_GetRequestFlag_TMR_U0_C0( &cma_flag, 0, 0 );
if( cma_flag ){
func_cma0();
}
//Processing of IRQ0
}
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 143 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.13.2 R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>)
bool R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>) (void)
Definition
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 3
( (_C<channel number>) is added in the 8-bit mode.)
Description
Halt the TMR count operation
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Halting succeeded.
false
Halting failed.
File for output
R_PG_Timer_TMR_U<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
R_TMR_ControlChannel (8-bit mode)
R_TMR_ControlUnit (16-bit mode)
Details
•
Halts the TMR count operation.
•
To resume the count operation, call the following function.
R_PG_Timer_ResumeCount_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>)
Example
The 8-bit timer mode was specified for TMR0 in the GUI.
TmrCma0IntFunc was specified as the name of the compare match A interrupt function in
the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Place TMR0 in the 8-bit mode.
R_PG_Timer_Start_TMR_U0_C0();
}
void TmrCma0IntFunc(void)
{
//Halt counting by TMR0.
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_TMR_U0_C0();
func_cma();
//Processing in response to a compare match A interrupt
//Resume counting by TMR0.
R_PG_Timer_ResumeCount_TMR_U0_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 144 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.13.3 R_PG_Timer_ResumeCount_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>)
bool R_PG_Timer_ResumeCount_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>) (void)
Definition
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 3
( (_C<channel number>) is added in the 8-bit mode.)
Description
Resume the TMR count operation
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Resuming count succeeded.
false
Resuming count failed.
File for output
R_PG_Timer_TMR_U<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
R_TMR_ControlChannel (8-bit mode)
R_TMR_ControlUnit (16-bit mode)
Details
•
Resumes the TMR count operation that was halted by
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>).
Example
The 8-bit timer mode was selected for TMR0 in the GUI.
TmrCma0IntFunc was specified as the name of the compare match A interrupt function in
the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Place TMR0 in the 8-bit mode.
R_PG_Timer_Start_TMR_U0_C0();
}
void TmrCma0IntFunc(void)
{
//Halt counting by TMR0.
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_TMR_U0_C0();
func_cma();
//Processing in response to a compare match A interrupt
//Resume counting by TMR0.
R_PG_Timer_ResumeCount_TMR_U0_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 145 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.13.4 R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>)
Definition
•8-bit mode
bool R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_TMR_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
(uint8_t * data)
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 3
•16-bit mode
bool R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_TMR_U<unit number> (uint16_t * data)
<unit number>: 0 or 1
Description
Acquire the TMR counter value
Parameter
uint8_t * data (8-bit mode)
uint16_t * data (16-bit mode)
Destination for storage of the counter value
Return value
true
Acquisition of the counter value succeeded.
false
Acquisition of the counter value failed.
File for output
R_PG_Timer_TMR_U<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
R_TMR_ReadChannel (8-bit mode)
R_TMR_ReadUnit (16-bit mode)
Details
•
Acquires the counter value of a TMR.
The value of the 8-bit counter for the specified channel is stored if the TMR unit is in the
8-bit timer mode. The counter values for both channels are stored as follows if the TMR
unit is in the 16-bit mode.
Unit
b15 to b8
b7 to b0
0
1
TMR0 counter
TMR2 counter
TMR1 counter
TMR3 counter
*When the TMR unit is in the 16-bit mode, the higher-order bits are in TMR0 (or TMR2).
Example
The 8-bit timer mode was selected for TMR0 in the GUI.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func1(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Start_TMR_U0_C0();
}
//Place TMR0 in the 8-bit mode.
uint8_t func2(void)
{
uint8_t counter_val;
//Acquire the value of a counter of TMR0.
R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_TMR_U0_C0( &counter_val );
return data;
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 146 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.13.5 R_PG_Timer_SetCounterValue_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>)
Definition
•8-bit mode
bool R_PG_Timer_SetCounterValue_TMR_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
(uint8_t data)
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 3
•16-bit mode
bool R_PG_Timer_SetCounterValue_TMR_U<unit number> (uint16_t data)
<unit number>: 0 or 1
Description
Set the TMR counter value
Parameter
uint8_t data (8-bit mode)
uint16_t data (16-bit mode)
Value to be written to the counter
Return value
true
Setting of the counter value succeeded.
false
Setting of the counter value failed.
File for output
R_PG_Timer_TMR_U<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
R_TMR_ControlChannel (8-bit mode)
R_TMR_ControlUnit (16-bit mode)
Details
•
Set the counter value of a TMR.
The value of the 8-bit counter for the specified channel is stored if the TMR unit is in the
8-bit timer mode. The counter values for both channels are stored as follows if the TMR
unit is in the 16-bit mode.
Unit
b15 to b8
b7 to b0
0
1
TMR0 counter
TMR2 counter
TMR1 counter
TMR3 counter
*When the TMR unit is in the 16-bit mode, the higher-order bits are in TMR0 (or TMR2).
Example
The 8-bit timer mode was selected for TMR0 in the GUI.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func1(void)
{
//Place TMR0 in the 8-bit mode.
R_PG_Timer_Start_TMR_U0_C0();
}
void func2(void)
{
//Set the value of a counter of TMR0.
R_PG_Timer_SetCounterValue_TMR_U0_C0( 0 );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 147 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.13.6 R_PG_Timer_GetRequestFlag_TMR_U<unit number>(_C<channel number>)
bool R_PG_Timer_GetRequestFlag_TMR_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
Definition
( bool* cma, bool* cmb, bool* ov );
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 3
( (_C<channel number>) is added in the 8-bit mode.)
Description
Acquire and clear the TMR interrupt flags
Parameter
bool* cma
The address of storage area for the compare match A flag
bool* cmb
The address of storage area for the compare match B flag
bool* ov
The address of storage area for the overflow flag
true
Acquisition of the flags succeeded
false
Acquisition of the flags failed
Return value
File for output
R_PG_Timer_TMR_U<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
R_TMR_ReadChannel (8-bit mode)
R_TMR_ReadUnit (16-bit mode)
Details
Example
•
•
•
•
This function acquires the interrupt flags of TMR.
All flags will be cleared in this function.
Specify the address of storage area for the flags to be acquired.
Specify 0 for a flag that is not required.
The 8-bit timer mode was selected for TMR0 in the GUI.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
uint16_t counter;
void func(void)
{
//Place TMR0 in the 8-bit mode.
R_PG_Timer_Start_TMR_U0_C0();
//Wait for the compare match A
do{
R_PG_Timer_GetRequestFlag_TMR_U0_C0(
& cma_flag,
0,
0
);
} while( !cma_flag );
func_cmA();
//Processing in response to a compare match A interrupt
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 148 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.13.7 R_PG_Timer_StopModule_TMR_U<unit number>
bool R_PG_Timer_StopModule_TMR_U<unit number> (void)
Definition
<unit number>: 0 or 1
Description
Shut down a TMR unit
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Shutting down succeeded
false
Shutting down failed
File for output
R_PG_Timer_TMR_U<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
R_TMR_Destroy
•
Stops a TMR unit and places it in the module-stop state per unit. If both TMR0 and
TMR1 of unit 0 (or both TMR2 and TMR3 of unit 1) are running when this function is
called, both channels are stopped. Call the following function to stop a single channel.
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_TMR_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
Example
The 8-bit timer mode was selected for TMR0 in the GUI.
TmrCma0IntFunc was specified as the name of the compare match A interrupt function in
the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
//Place TMR0 in the 8-bit mode.
R_PG_Timer_Start_TMR_U0_C0();
}
void TmrCma0IntFunc(void)
{
func_cma();
//Processing in response to a compare match A interrupt
//Stop TMR unit 0.
R_PG_Timer_StopModule_TMR_U0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 149 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.14 Compare Match Timer (CMT)
4.14.1 R_PG_Timer_Start_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_Timer_Start_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel number> (void)
Definition
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 3
Description
Set up the CMT and start the count operation
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_Timer_CMT_U<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 and 1
RPDL function
R_CMT_Create
Details
•
•
Example
Releases the CMT from the module-stop, makes initial settings, and starts the CMT
counting.
Interrupts of the CMT are set by this function. When the name of the interrupt notification
function has been specified in the GUI, if an interrupt occurs in the CPU, the function
having the specified name will be called. Create the interrupt notification function as
follows:
void <name of the interrupt notification function> (void)
For the interrupt notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on
Notification Functions.
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• Cmt0IntFunc was specified as a compare match interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Start_CMT_U0_C0 (); //Set up the CMT0 and start the count operation
}
void Cmt0IntFunc (void)
{
func_cmt0();
//Processing in response to a compare match interrupt
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 150 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.14.2 R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_CMT<unit number>_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel number> (void)
Definition
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 3
Description
Halt the CMT count operation
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Halting succeeded.
false
Halting failed.
File for output
R_PG_Timer_CMT_U<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
R_CMT_Control
•
Halts the CMT count operation.
•
To resume the count operation, call the following function.
R_PG_Timer_ResumeCount_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• CMT unit 0 channel 0 was set up
• Cmt0IntFunc was specified as the compare match interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Start_CMT_U0_C0();
}
//Set up the CMT0 and start the count operation
void Cmt0IntFunc(void)
{
//Halt the CMT0 count operation
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_CMT_U0_C0();
func_cmt0();
//Processing in response to a compare match interrupt
//Resume the CMT0 count operation
R_PG_Timer_ResumeCount_CMT_U0_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 151 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.14.3 R_PG_Timer_ResumeCount_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_Timer_ResumeCount_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel number> (void)
Definition
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 3
Description
Resume the CMT count operation
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Resuming count succeeded.
false
Resuming count failed.
File for output
R_PG_Timer_CMT_U<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
R_CMT_Control
•
Resumes the CMT count operation that was halted by
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel number>.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• CMT unit 0 channel 0 was set up
• Cmt0IntFunc was specified as the compare match interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Start_CMT_U0_C0(); //Set up the CMT0 and start the count operation
}
void Cmt0IntFunc(void)
{
//Halt the CMT0 count operation
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_CMT_U0_C0();
func_cmt0();
//Processing in response to a compare match interrupt
//Resume the CMT0 count operation
R_PG_Timer_ResumeCount_CMT_U0_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 152 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.14.4 R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
(uint16_t * data)
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 3
Description
Acquire the CMT counter value
Parameter
uint16_t * data
Destination for storage of the counter value
Return value
true
Acquisition of the counter value succeeded.
false
Acquisition of the counter value failed.
File for output
R_PG_Timer_CMT_U<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
R_CMT_Read
Details
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• CMT unit 0 channel 0 was set up
Acquires the counter value of a CMT.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func1(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Start_CMT_U0_C0(); //Set up the CMT0 and start the count operation
}
unt16_t func2(void)
{
uint16_t data;
// Acquire the value of a CMT0 counter
R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_CMT_U0_C0( &data );
return data;
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 153 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.14.5 R_PG_Timer_SetCounterValue_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_SetCounterValue_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
(uint16_t data)
<unit number>: 0 or 1
<channel number>: 0 to 3
Description
Set the CMT counter value
Parameter
uint16_t data
Value to be written to the counter
Return value
true
Setting of the counter value succeeded.
false
Setting of the counter value failed.
File for output
R_PG_Timer_CMT_U<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
R_CMT_Control
Details
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• CMT unit 0 channel 0 was set up
Set the counter value of a CMT.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func1(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Start_CMT_U0_C0();
}
//Set up the CMT0 and start the count operation
void func2(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_SetCounterValue_CMT_U0_C0( 0 ); // Set the value of a CMT0 counter
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 154 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.14.6 R_PG_Timer_StopModule_CMT_U<unit number>
bool R_PG_Timer_StopModule_CMT_U<unit number> (void)
Definition
<unit number>: 0 or 1
Description
Shut down the CMT unit
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Shutting down succeeded
false
Shutting down failed
File for output
R_PG_Timer_CMT_U<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
R_CMT_Destroy
•
Stops a CMT unit and places it in the module-stop state per unit. If both CMT0 and
CMT1 of unit 0 (or both CMT2 and CMT3 of unit 1) are running when this function is
called, both channels are stopped. Call the following function to stop a single channel.
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_CMT_U<unit number>_C<channel number>
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
CMT unit 0 channel 0 was set up
•
Cmt0IntFunc was specified as the compare match interrupt notification function name
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_Start_CMT_U0_C0(); //Set up the CMT0 and start the count operation
}
void Cmt0IntFunc(void)
{
func_cmt();
//Processing in response to a compare match interrupt
R_PG_Timer_StopModule_CMT_U0();
// Stop the CMT unit 0
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 155 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.15 Realtime Clock (RTC)
4.15.1 R_PG_RTC_Start
Definition
bool R_PG_RTC_Start(void)
Description
Set up the RTC and start the count operation
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_RTC.c
RPDL function
R_RTC_Create
Details
•
Sets up the alarm interrupt, the periodic interrupt and the 1 Hz clock output on the
RTCOUT, and starts the count operation.
•
Call R_PG_Clock_Set to set up the clocks and call R_PG_Clock_Start_SUB to enable
the sub-clock oscillator before calling this function.
•
The current time will not be set in this function. Call R_PG_RTC_SetCurrentTime to set
the current time after calling R_PG_RTC_Start.
•
If the alarm time has been specified in GUI, the alarm registers shall be set in this
function.
Example
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set(); //Set up the clocks
R_PG_Clock_Start_SUB(); //Start the sub-clock oscillator
R_PG_RTC_Start(); //Set up the RTC and start the count operation
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 156 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.15.2 R_PG_RTC_Stop
Definition
bool R_PG_RTC_Stop(void)
Description
Halt the RTC count operation
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Shutting down succeeded
false
Shutting down failed
File for output
R_PG_RTC.c
RPDL function
R_RTC_Control
Details
Example
•
Halts the RTC count operation.
•
To resume the count operation, call R_PG_RTC_Restart function.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set(); //Set up the clocks
R_PG_Clock_Start_SUB(); //Start the sub-clock oscillator
R_PG_RTC_Start(); //Set up the RTC and start the count operation
}
void func2(void)
{
R_PG_RTC_Stop ();
}
//Stop the count operation
void func3(void)
{
R_PG_RTC_Restart(); //Re-start the count operation
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 157 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.15.3 R_PG_RTC_Restart
Definition
bool R_PG_RTC_Restart(void)
Description
Resume the RTC count operation
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_RTC.c
RPDL function
R_RTC_Control
Details
Example
•
Resumes the RTC count operation that was halted by R_PG_RTC_Stop.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set(); //Set up the clocks
R_PG_Clock_Start_SUB(); //Start the sub-clock oscillator
R_PG_RTC_Start(); //Set up the RTC and start the count operation
}
void func2(void)
{
R_PG_RTC_Stop ();
}
//Stop the count operation
void func3(void)
{
R_PG_RTC_Restart(); //Re-start the count operation
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 158 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.15.4 R_PG_RTC_SetCurrentTime
bool R_PG_RTC_SetCurrentTime
Definition
(uint8_t seconds,
uint8_t day,
Description
uint8_t minutes,
uint8_t hours,
uint8_t month,
uint16_t year
)
Set the current time
Alarm interrupt is enabled
Parameter
uint8_t seconds
Seconds (BCD format) (valid from 0x00 to 0x59)
uint8_t minutes
Minutes (BCD format) (valid from 0x00 to 0x59)
uint8_t hours
Hours (BCD format) (valid from 0x00 to 0x23)
uint8_t day
Day (BCD format)
(valid from 0x01 to the number of days in specified month)
Return value
uint8_t month
Month (BCD format) (valid from 0x01 to 0x12)
uint16_t year
Year (BCD format) (valid from 0x0000 to 0x9999)
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_RTC.c
RPDL function
R_RTC_Control
Details
•
•
•
•
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Sets the current time.
The value of day of week shall be calculated from year, month and day, and set to the
day-of-week counter.
When this function is called while in the count operation, counter is stopped during the
counter update.
The parameter must be set to valid value even for the alarm that is not in use.
Rev.1.04
Page 159 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example
Specification of Generated Functions
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
Alarm interrupt is enabled.
•
RtcAlmIntFunc has been specified as the alarm interrupt notification function name.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set(); //Set up the clocks
R_PG_Clock_Start_SUB(); //Start the sub-clock oscillator
R_PG_RTC_Start(); //Set up the RTC and start the count operation
R_PG_RTC_SetCurrentTime( //Set the current time(22-Nov-2000 03:44:55)
0x55, //55 seconds
0x44, //44 minutes
0x03, //03 hours
0x22, //22 days
0x11, //November
0x2000 //2000 years
);
R_PG_RTC_SetAlarmTime( //Set the alarm time(22-Nov-2000 03:45:00)
0x00, //00 seconds
0x45, //45 minutes
0x03, //03 hours
0xff, //Day of week (0xff : calculated automatically)
0x22, //22 days
0x11, //November
0x2000 //2000 years
);
// Enable year, month, day, day of week, hour, minute andd second alarm
R_PG_RTC_Alarm_Control(
1, // Enable second alarm
1, // Enable minute alarm
1, // Enable hour alarm
1, // Enable day of week alarm
1, // Enable day alarm
1, // Enable month alarm
1 // Enable year alarm
);
}
void RtcAlmIntFunc(void)
{
// Processing when the alarm interrupt occurs
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 160 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.15.5 R_PG_RTC_SetAlarmTime
Definition
bool R_PG_RTC_SetAlarmTime
( uint8_t seconds,
uint8_t day,
uint8_t minutes,
uint8_t hours,
uint8_t month,
uint16_t year );
Description
Set the alarm time
Conditions for
Alarm interrupt is enabled
uint8_t day_of_week,
output
Parameter
uint8_t seconds
Seconds (BCD format) (valid from 0x00 to 0x59)
uint8_t minutes
Minutes (BCD format) (valid from 0x00 to 0x59)
uint8_t hours
Hours (BCD format) (valid from 0x00 to 0x23)
uint8_t day_of_week
Day of week
(valid from 0x00(Sunday) to 0x06(Saturday) )
Specify 0xFF for automatic calculation using the values in
day,month and year.
uint8_t day
Day (BCD format)
(valid from 0x01 to the number of days in specified month)
Return value
uint8_t month
Month (BCD format) (valid from 0x01 to 0x12)
uint16_t year
Year (BCD format) (valid from 0x0000 to 0x9999)
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_RTC.c
RPDL function
R_RTC_Control
Details
•
•
Example
Refer to the example of R_PG_RTC_SetCurrentTime.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Sets the alarm time.
The parameter must be set to valid value even for the alarm that is not in use.
Rev.1.04
Page 161 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.15.6 R_PG_RTC_Alarm_Control
Definition
bool R_PG_RTC_Alarm_Control
( bool sec_enable, bool min_enable,
bool hour_enable, bool day_of_week_enable,
bool day_enable, bool month_enable, bool year_enable
);
Description
Enable/Disable the alarm
Conditions for
Alarm interrupt is enabled
output
Parameter
Return value
bool sec_enable
Second alarm setting (1:enable 0:disable)
bool min_enable
Minute alarm setting (1:enable 0:disable)
bool hour_enable
Hour alarm setting (1:enable 0:disable)
bool day_of_week_enable
Day of week
bool day_enable
Day alarm setting (1:enable 0:disable)
bool month_enable
Month alarm setting (1:enable 0:disable)
bool year_enable
Year alarm setting (1:enable 0:disable)
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_RTC.c
RPDL function
R_RTC_Control
Details
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
alarm setting (1:enable 0:disable)
Enables or disables second, minute, hour, day of week, day, month, and year alarm.
Rev.1.04
Page 162 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
•
•
Specification of Generated Functions
Alarm interrupt is enabled.
RtcAlmIntFunc has been specified as the alarm interrupt notification function name,
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set(); //Set up the clocks
R_PG_Clock_Start_SUB(); //Start the sub-clock oscillator
R_PG_RTC_Start(); //Set up the RTC and start the count operation
R_PG_RTC_SetCurrentTime( //Set the current time(01-Jan-0000 22:33:44)
0x44, //44 seconds
0x33, //33 minutes
0x22, //22 hours
0x01, //01 days
0x01, //January
0x0000 //0000 year
);
R_PG_RTC_SetAlarmTime( //Set the alarm time(01-Jan-0000 22:33:55)
0x55, //55 seconds
0x33, //33 minutes
0x22, //22 hours
0xff, //Day of week (0xff : calculated automatically)
0x01, //01 days
0x01, //January
0x0000 //0000 year
);
R_PG_RTC_Alarm_Control( // Enable hour, minute, and second alarm
1, // Enable second alarm
1, // Enable minute alarm
1, // Enable hour alarm
0, // Disable day of week alarm
0, // Disable day alarm
0, // Disable month alarm
0 // Disable year alarm
);
}
void RtcAlmIntFunc(void)
{
// Processing when the alarm interrupt occurs
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 163 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.15.7 R_PG_RTC_Adjust30sec
Definition
bool R_PG_RTC_Adjust30sec(void)
Description
Start the 30-second adjustment process
Conditions for
Alarm interrupt is enabled
output
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_RTC.c
RPDL function
R_RTC_Control
Details
•
Starts 30-second adjustment (30 seconds or less are rounded down to 00 second, and 30
seconds or more are rounded up to one minute) process.
Example
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func1(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set(); //Set up the clocks
R_PG_Clock_Start_SUB(); //Start the sub-clock oscillator
R_PG_RTC_Start(); //Set up the RTC and start the count operation
}
void func2(void)
{
R_PG_RTC_Adjust30sec(); //Start the 30-second adjustment process
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 164 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.15.8 R_PG_RTC_SetPeriodicInterrupt
Definition
bool R_PG_RTC_SetPeriodicInterrupt( float frequency )
Description
Set the interval for the periodic interrupt
Conditions for
The periodic interrupt has been set
output
Parameter
float frequency
The frequency of the periodic interrupt request (Hz)
(valid value : 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 16, 64, 256)
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_RTC.c
RPDL function
R_RTC_Control
Details
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• The periodic interrupt has been set
• RtcPrdIntFunc has been specified as periodic interrupt notification function name
Sets the interval for the periodic interrupt.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set(); //Set up the clocks
R_PG_Clock_Start_SUB(); //Start the sub-clock oscillator
R_PG_RTC_Start(); //Set up the RTC and start the count operation
}
void RtcAlmIntFunc(void)
{
// Processing when the periodic interrupt occurs
//Set the interval of the periodic interrupt to 1/4 seconds
R_PG_RTC_SetPeriodicInterrupt( 4 );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 165 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.15.9 R_PG_RTC_GetStatus
bool R_PG_RTC_GetStatus
( uint8_t * seconds, uint8_t * minutes,
uint8_t * day,
uint8_t * month,
bool * alarm,
bool * period,
bool * running )
Definition
Description
Get the status of RTC
Parameter
uint8_t * seconds
uint8_t * minutes
uint8_t * hours
uint8_t * day_of_week
uint8_t * day
uint8_t * month
uint16_t * year
bool * carry
bool * alarm
bool * period
bool * adjustment
bool * reset
bool * running
Return value
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
R_PG_RTC.c
RPDL function
R_RTC_Read
•
•
The address of storage area for the current seconds
The address of storage area for the current minutes
The address of storage area for the current hours
The address of storage area for the current day of the week
The address of storage area for the current day
The address of storage area for the current month
The address of storage area for the current year
The address of storage area for the carry interrupt flag
The address of storage area for the alarm interrupt flag
The address of storage area for the periodic interrupt flag
The address of storage area for the 30-second adjustment bit
( 0:Normal operation 1:Adjustment in progress )
The address of storage area for the reset bit
( 0:Normal operation 1:Reset in progress )
The address of storage area for the start bit
( 0:Clock is stopped
1:Clock is running )
true
File for output
Details
uint8_t * hours,
uint8_t * day_of_week,
uint16_t * year,
bool * carry,
bool * adjustment, bool * reset,
Acquires the status of RTC.
Specify the address of storage area for an item to be acquired. Specify 0 for an item that is
not required.
•
•
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
The interrupt flags will be cleared in this function.
If the carry flag is read as 1, the current time and date were updated during the read
process and should be re-read.
Rev.1.04
Page 166 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example
Specification of Generated Functions
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t seconds;
uint8_t minutes;
uint8_t hours;
bool carry;
void func1(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set(); //Set up the clocks
R_PG_Clock_Start_SUB(); //Start the sub-clock oscillator
R_PG_RTC_Start(); //Set up the RTC and start the count operation
}
void func2(void)
{
do{
//Get the current time and the carry flag
bool R_PG_RTC_GetStatus(
&seconds, //Seconds
&minutes, //Minutes
&hours,
//Hours
0,
//Day of week
0,
//Day
0,
//Month
0,
//Year
&carry,
//Carry interrupt flag
0,
//Alarm interrupt flag
0,
//Periodic interrupt flag
0,
//Adjustment bit
0,
//Reset bit
0
//Start bit
);
} while( carry );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 167 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.15.10 R_PG_RTC_ClockOut_Disable
Definition
bool R_PG_RTC_ClockOut_Disable ( void )
Description
Enable the clock output
Conditions for
The 1 Hz clock output on the RTCOUT has been set
output
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_RTC.c
RPDL function
R_RTC_Control
Details
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• The 1 Hz clock output on the RTCOUT has been set
Stops the 1 Hz clock output on the RTCOUT.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func1(void)
{
//Set up the clocks
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Start the sub-clock oscillator
R_PG_Clock_Start_SUB();
//Set up the RTC, start the count operation, and start the clock output
R_PG_RTC_Start();
}
void func2(void)
{
R_PG_RTC_ClockOut_Disable();
}
void func3(void)
{
R_PG_RTC_ClockOut_Enable();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
//Stop the clock output
//Start the clock output
Page 168 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.15.11 R_PG_RTC_ClockOut_Enable
Definition
bool R_PG_RTC_ClockOut_Enable ( void )
Description
Disable the clock output
Conditions for
The 1 Hz clock output on the RTCOUT has been set
output
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_RTC.c
RPDL function
R_RTC_Control
Details
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• The 1 Hz clock output on the RTCOUT has been set
Start the 1 Hz clock output on the RTCOUT
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func1(void)
{
//Set up the clocks
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Start the sub-clock oscillator
R_PG_Clock_Start_SUB();
//Set up the RTC, start the count operation, and start the clock output
R_PG_RTC_Start();
}
void func2(void)
{
R_PG_RTC_ClockOut_Disable();
}
void func3(void)
{
R_PG_RTC_ClockOut_Enable();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
//Stop the clock output
//Start the clock output
Page 169 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.16 Watchdog Timer (WDT)
4.16.1 R_PG_Timer_Start_WDT
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_Start_WDT (void)
Description
Set up the WDT and start the count operation
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_Timer_ WDT.c
RPDL function
R_WDT_Create
Details
•
Makes initial settings of WDT and starts the count operation.
When the WDT is set to interval timer mode, the interval timer interrupt is set in this
function. When the name of the interrupt notification function has been specified in the
GUI, if an interrupt occurs in the CPU, the function having the specified name will be
called. Create the interrupt notification function as follows:
void <name of the interrupt notification function> (void)
For the interrupt notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on
Notification Functions.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• The WDT has been set to interval timer mode.
• WdtIntFunc has been specified as a interval timer interrupt notification function name.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set(); //Set up the clocks
R_PG_Timer_Start_WDT(); //Set up the WDT and start the count operation
}
void WdtIntFunc(void)
{
//Processing when the interval timer interrupt occurs
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 170 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.16.2 R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_WDT
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_WDT (void)
Description
Stop the count operation
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Halting succeeded
false
Halting failed
File for output
R_PG_Timer_ WDT.c
RPDL function
R_WDT_Control
Details
•
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• The WDT has been set to interval timer mode.
• WdtIntFunc has been specified as a interval timer interrupt notification function name.
Stops the WDT count operation.
Call R_PG_Timer_Start_WDT to resume the count operation.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set(); //Set up the clocks
R_PG_Timer_Start_WDT(); //Set up the WDT and start the count operation
}
void WdtIntFunc(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_HaltCount_WDT();
//Halt the WDT count operation
//Processing when the interval timer interrupt occurs
R_PG_Timer_Start_WDT();
//Set up the WDT and start the count operation
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 171 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.16.3 R_PG_Timer_ResetCounter_WDT
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_ResetCounter_WDT(void)
Description
Reset the counter of WDT
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_Timer_ WDT.c
RPDL function
R_WDT_Control
Details
Example
•
Resets the counter of WDT
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func1(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set(); //Set up the clocks
R_PG_Timer_Start_WDT(); //Set up the WDT and start the count operation
}
void func2(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_ResetCounter_WDT();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
//Reset the WDT counter
Page 172 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.16.4 R_PG_Timer_ClearOverflowFlag_WDT
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_ClearOverflowFlag_WDT (bool* ov)
Description
Reset the counter of WDT
Parameter
bool* ov
The address of storage area for the overflow flag
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_Timer_ WDT.c
RPDL function
R_WDT_Control
Details
•
•
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• The WDT has been set to interval timer mode.
• The priority level of interval timer interrupt has been set to 0.
This function acquires the counter overflow flags and clears.
Specify 0 for a parameter if the flag is not required.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
bool ov;
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set(); //Set up the clocks
R_PG_Timer_Start_WDT(); //Set up the WDT and start the count operation
do{
R_PG_Timer_ClearOverflowFlag_WDT( &ov ); //Get the overflow flag
}while( !ov );
/Processing when the interval timer interrupt occurs
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 173 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.17 Independent Watchdog Timer (IWDT)
4.17.1 R_PG_Timer_Set_IWDT
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_Set_IWDT (void)
Description
Set up the IWDT
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_Timer_IWDT.c
RPDL function
R_IWDT_Set
Details
Example
•
•
•
Sets up the IWDT.
The IWDT count operation starts by counter refresh.
R_PG_Timer_RefreshCounter_IWDT can be used to refresh the counter
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t output_val;
void func1(void)
{
//Set up the clocks
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up the IWDT
R_PG_Timer_Set_WDT();
//Start the count operation by refreshing the counter
R_PG_Timer_RefreshCounter_IWDT();
}
void func2(void)
{
//Refresh the counter
R_PG_Timer_RefreshCounter_IWDT();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 174 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.17.2 R_PG_Timer_RefreshCounter_IWDT
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_RefreshCounter_IWDT (void)
Description
Refresh the counter
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Refreshing succeeded
false
Refreshing failed
File for output
R_PG_Timer_IWDT.c
RPDL function
R_IWDT_Control
Details
•
•
Refreshes the IWDT counter
To start the count operation, call this function after setting up IWDT by
R_PG_Timer_Set_IWDT.
After starting the count operation, call this function to clear the counter before the counter
underflow.
•
Example
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t output_val;
void func1(void)
{
//Set up the clocks
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up the IWDT
R_PG_Timer_Set_WDT();
//Start the count operation by refreshing the counter
R_PG_Timer_RefreshCounter_IWDT();
}
void func2(void)
{
//Refresh the counter
R_PG_Timer_RefreshCounter_IWDT();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 175 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.17.3 R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_IWDT
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_IWDT( uint16_t * counter_val )
Description
Acquire the IWDT counter value
Parameter
uint16_t * counter_val
The address of storage area for the IWDT counter value
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
File for output
R_PG_Timer_IWDT.c
RPDL function
R_IWDT_Read
Details
Example
•
•
Acquires the IWDT counter value.
The underflow flag shall be cleared in this function.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint16_t counter_val;
void func1(void)
{
//Set up the clocks
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up the IWDT
R_PG_Timer_Set_WDT();
//Start the count operation by refreshing the counter
R_PG_Timer_RefreshCounter_IWDT();
}
void func2(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_GetCounterValue_IWDT( &counter_val );
if( counter_val < 0x1000){
//Refresh the counter
R_PG_Timer_RefreshCounter_IWDT();
}
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 176 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.17.4 R_PG_Timer_ClearUnderflowFlag_IWDT
Definition
bool R_PG_Timer_ClearUnderflowFlag_IWDT( bool * un )
Description
Acquire and clear the underflow flag
Parameter
bool * un
The address of storage area for the underflow flag
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
File for output
R_PG_Timer_IWDT.c
RPDL function
R_IWDT_Read
Details
Example
•
•
Acquires and clears the underflow flag.
Specify 0 for a parameter if the flag is not required.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
bool un;
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Timer_ClearUnderflowFlag_IWDT ( &un );
if(un){
// Processing after a reset caused by a couter underflow
}
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 177 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.18 Serial Communications Interface (SCIa)
4.18.1 R_PG_SCI_Set_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_SCI_Set_C<channel number> (void)
Definition
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
Description
Set up a SCI channel
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_SCI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
RPDL function
Details
R_SCI_Create
•
Releases a SCI channel from the module-stop state, makes initial settings, and the
direction (input or output) and input buffer for the pin to be used is set.
•
Function R_PG_Clock_Set must be called before calling this function.
•
When the name of the notification function has been specified in the GUI, if
corresponding event occurs, the function having the specified name will be called. Create
the notification function as follows:
void <name of the notification function> (void)
For the notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on Notification
Functions.
•
For pin TXD5 it is not possible for this function to ensure that external bus signals CS4 or
CS7 are not output. If channel SCI5 is used for transmission, the pin TXD5 cannot be
used as CS4#_D or CS7#_D.
Example
SCI0 has been set in the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
R_PG_SCI_Set_C0();
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first.
//Set up SCI0.
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 178 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.18.2 R_PG_SCI_StartSending_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_SCI_StartSending_C<channel number> (uint8_t * data, uint16_t count)
Definition
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
Description
Start the data transmission
Conditions for
•
The function of transmission is selected for a SCI channel in GUI.
output
•
"Notify the transmission completion of all data by function call" is selected as the data
transmission method in GUI.
Parameter
uint8_t * data
uint16_t count
The start address of the data to be sent.
The number of the data to be sent.
Set this to 0 if the transmit data is a character string (ending with a null
character).
Return value
File for output
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
R_PG_SCI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
RPDL function
Details
R_SCI_Send
•
This function starts the data transmission.
•
This function is generated when "Notify the transmission completion of all data by
function call" is selected as the data transmission method in GUI. This function returns
immediately and the notification function having the specified name will be called when
the last byte has been sent.
Create the notification function as follows:
void <name of the notification function> (void)
For the notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on Notification
Functions.
•
The number of transmitted data can be aquired by
R_PG_SCI_GetSentDataCount_C<channel number>. The transmission can be
terminated by calling R_PG_SCI_StopCommunication_C<channel number> before all
bytes have been sent.
•
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
The count of transmitted characters will loop back to 0 if 65536 characters are sent.
Rev.1.04
Page 179 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example
Specification of Generated Functions
SCI0 has been set as transmitter in the GUI.
Sci0TrFunc was specified as the name of the transmit end notification function in the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t data[255];
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first.
R_PG_SCI_Set_C0();
//Set up SCI0.
R_PG_SCI_StartSending_C0(data, 255);
//Send 255 bytes of binary data.
}
//Transmit end notification function that called when all bytes have been sent
void Sci0TrFunc(void)
{
//Shut down the SCI0
R_PG_SCI_StopModule_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 180 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.18.3 R_PG_SCI_SendAllData_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_SCI_SendAllData_C<channel number> (uint8_t * data, uint16_t count)
Definition
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
Description
Transmit all data
Conditions for
•
The function of transmission is selected for a SCI channel in GUI.
output
•
Other than "Notify the transmission completion of all data by function call" is selected as
the data transmission method in GUI.
Parameter
uint8_t * data
Return value
File for output
uint16_t count
The start address of the data to be sent.
The number of the data to be sent.
Set this to 0 if the transmit data is a character string (ending with a
null character).
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
R_PG_SCI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
RPDL function
Details
R_SCI_Send
•
This function transmits all data.
•
This function is generated when other than "Notify the transmission completion of all data
by function call" is selected as the transmission method in GUI. This function waits until
the last byte has been sent.
•
The count of transmitted characters will loop back to 0 if 65536 characters are sent.
•
For usage of function for transferring the SCI transmission data by DMAC, refer to 4.4.1
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C<channel number>.
Example
SCI0 has been set as transmitter in the GUI.
"Wait at the transmission function until the last byte has been transmitted" is selected as the
transmission method in GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t data[255];
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first.
R_PG_SCI_Set_C0();
//Set up SCI0.
R_PG_SCI_SendAllData_C0(data, 255);
//Send 255 bytes of binary data.
R_PG_SCI_StopModule_C0();
//Shut down the SCI0
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 181 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.18.4 R_PG_SCI_GetSentDataCount_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_SCI_GetSentDataCount_C<channel number> (uint16_t * count)
Definition
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
Description
Acquire the number of transmitted data
Conditions for
The function of transmission is selected for a SCI channel and "Notify the transmission
output
completion of all data by function call" is selected as the data transmission method in GUI.
Parameter
uint16_t * count
The storage location for the number of bytes that have been
transmitted in the current transmission.
Return value
true
Acquisition of the data count succeeded
false
Acquisition of the data count failed
File for output
R_PG_SCI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
RPDL function
Details
R_SCI_GetStatus
•
When "Notify the transmission completion of all data by function call" is selected as the
data transmission method in GUI, the number of transmitted data can be acquired by
calling this function.
Example
SCI0 has been set as transmitter in the GUI.
Sci0TrFunc was specified as the name of the transmit end notification function in the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t data[255];
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first.
R_PG_SCI_Set_C0();
//Set up SCI0.
R_PG_SCI_Send_C0(data, 255);
//Send 255 bytes of binary data.
}
//The transmit end notification function that called when all bytes have been sent
void Sci0TrFunc(void)
{
//Shut down the SCI0
R_PG_SCI_StopModule_C0();
}
//The function to check the number of transmitted data and terminate the transmission
void func_terminate_SCI(void)
{
uint16_t count;
// Acquire the number of transmitted data
R_PG_SCI_GetSentDataCount_C0(&count);
if( count > 32 ){
R_PG_SCI_StopCommunication_C0();
}
//Terminate the transmission
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 182 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.18.5 R_PG_SCI_StartReceiving_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_SCI_StartReceiving_C<channel number> (uint8_t * data, uint16_t count)
Definition
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
Description
Start the data reception
Conditions for
•
The function of reception is selected for a SCI channel in GUI
output
•
"Notify the reception completion of all data by function call" is selected as the data
reception method in GUI
Parameter
Return value
File for output
uint8_t * data
The start address of the storage area for the expected data.
uint16_t count
The number of the data to be received.
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
R_PG_SCI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
RPDL function
Details
R_SCI_Receive
•
This function starts the data reception.
•
This function is generated when "Notify the reception completion of all data by function
call" is selected as the data reception method in GUI. This function returns immediately
and the notification function having the specified name will be called when the last byte
has been received.
Create the notification function as follows:
void <name of the notification function> (void)
For the notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on Notification
Functions.
•
The number of received data can be aquired by R_PG_SCI_GetReceivedDataCount_C
<channel number>. The reception can be terminated by calling
R_PG_SCI_StopReceiving_C<channel number> before all bytes have been received.
•
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
The maximum number of characters to be received is 65535.
Rev.1.04
Page 183 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example
Specification of Generated Functions
SCI0 has been set as receiver in the GUI.
Sci0ReFunc was specified as the name of the receive end notification function in the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t data[255];
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first.
R_PG_SCI_Set_C0();
//Set up SCI0.
R_PG_SCI_StartReceiving_C0(data, 255);
//Receive 255 bytes of binary
data.
}
//Receive end notification function that called when all bytes have been received
void Sci0ReFunc(void)
{
//Shut down the SCI0
R_PG_SCI_StopModule_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 184 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.18.6 R_PG_SCI_ReceiveAllData_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_SCI_ReceiveAllData_C<channel number> (uint8_t * data, uint16_t count)
Definition
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
Description
Receive all data
Conditions for
•
The function of reception is selected for a SCI channel in GUI.
output
•
Other than "Notify the reception completion of all data by function call" is selected as the
data reception method in GUI
Parameter
Return value
File for output
uint8_t * data
The start address of the storage area for the expected data.
uint16_t count
The number of the data to be received.
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
R_PG_SCI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
RPDL function
Details
R_SCI_Receive
•
This function receives all data.
•
This function is generated when other than "Notify the reception completion of all data by
function call" is selected as the data reception method in GUI. This function waits until the
last byte has been received.
•
The maximum number of characters to be received is 65535.
•
For usage of function for receiving the SCI transmission data by DMAC, refer to 4.4.1
R_PG_DMAC_Set_C<channel number>.
Example
SCI0 has been set as receiver in the GUI.
"Wait at the reception function until all data has been transmitted" is selected as the reception
method in GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t data[255];
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first.
R_PG_SCI_Set_C0();
//Set up SCI0.
R_PG_SCI_ReceiveAllData_C0(data, 255);
//Receive 255 bytes of binary
data.
R_PG_SCI_StopModule_C0();
//Shut down the SCI0
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 185 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.18.7 R_PG_SCI_StopCommunication_C<channel number>
R_PG_SCI_StopCommunication_C<channel number> (void)
Definition
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
Description
Stop transmission and reception of serial data
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_SCI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
RPDL function
Details
R_SCI_Control
•
This function stops data transmission and reception.
•
When "Notify the transmission completion of all data by function call" is selected as the
data transmission method in GUI, the reception can be terminated by calling this function
before the number of bytes specified at R_PG_SCI_StartSending_C<channel number>
have been received.
•
When "Notify the reception completion of all data by function call" is selected as the data
reception method in GUI, the reception can be terminated by calling this function before
the number of bytes specified at R_PG_SCI_StartReceiving_C<channel number> have
been received.
Example
SCI0 has been set as receiver in the GUI.
Sci0ReFunc was specified as the name of the receive end notification function in the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t data[255];
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first.
R_PG_SCI_Set_C0();
//Set up SCI0.
R_PG_SCI_StartReceiving_C0(data, 255);
//Send 255 bytes of binary data.
}
//The receive end notification function that called when all bytes have been received.
void Sci0ReFunc(void)
{
//Shut down the SCI0
R_PG_SCI_StopModule_C0();
}
//The function to check the number of received data and terminate the reception
void func_terminate_SCI(void)
{
uint8_t count;
//Acquire the number of received data
R_PG_SCI_GetReceivedDataCount_C0(&count);
if( count > 32 ){
R_PG_SCI_StopCommunication_C0();
//Terminate the reception
}
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 186 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.18.8 R_PG_SCI_GetReceivedDataCount_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_SCI_GetReceivedDataCount_C<channel number> (uint16_t * count)
Definition
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
Description
Acquire the number of received data
Conditions for
The function of reception is selected for a SCI channel and "Notify the reception completion
output
of all data by function call" is selected as the data reception method in GUI.
Parameter
uint16_t * count
The storage location for the number of bytes that have been
received in the current reception process.
Return value
true
Acquisition of the data count succeeded
false
Acquisition of the data count failed
File for output
R_PG_SCI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
RPDL function
Details
R_SCI_GetStatus
•
When " Notify the reception completion of all data by function call " is selected as the
receive end notification in GUI, the number of received data can be acquired by calling
this function.
Example
SCI0 has been set as receiver in the GUI.
Sci0ReFunc was specified as the name of the receive end notification function in the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t data[255];
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first.
R_PG_SCI_Set_C0();
//Set up SCI0.
R_PG_SCI_Receive_C0(data, 255);
//Send 255 bytes of binary data.
}
//The receive end notification function that called when all bytes have been received.
void Sci0ReFunc(void)
{
//Shut down the SCI0
R_PG_SCI_StopModule_C0();
}
//The function to check the number of received data and terminate the reception
void func_terminate_SCI(void)
{
uint16_t count;
//Acquire the number of received data
R_PG_SCI_GetReceivedDataCount_C0(&count);
if( count > 32 ){
R_PG_SCI_StopReceiving_C0();
//Terminate the reception
}
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 187 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.18.9 R_PG_SCI_GetReceptionErrorFlag_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_SCI_GetReceptionErrorFlag_C<channel number>
Definition
( bool * parity, bool * framing, bool * overrun )
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
Description
Get the serial reception error flag
Conditions for
The function of reception is selected for a SCI channel
output
Parameter
Return value
File for output
bool * parity
The address of storage area for the parity error flag
bool * framing
The address of storage area for the framing error flag
bool * overrun
The address of storage area for the overrun error flag
true
Acquisition of the flags succeeded
false
Acquisition of the flags failed
R_PG_SCI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
RPDL function
Details
Example
R_SCI_GetStatus
•
This function acquires the reception error flags.
•
Specify the address of storage area for the flags to be acquired.
•
Specify 0 for a flag that is not required.
•
The flags of detected error will be set to 1.
SCI0 has been set as receiver in the GUI.
Sci0ReFunc was specified as the name of the receive end notification function in the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t data[255];
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first.
R_PG_SCI_Set_C0();
//Set up SCI0.
R_PG_SCI_Receive_C0(data, 1);
//Send 1bytes of binary data.
}
//The receive end notification function that called when all bytes have been received.
void Sci0ReFunc(void)
{
// Acquire the reception error flags
R_PG_SCI_GetReceptionErrorFlag_C0( &parity, &framing, & overrun );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 188 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.18.10 R_PG_SCI_GetTransmitStatus_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_SCI_GetTransmitStatus_C<channel number> ( bool * complete )
Definition
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
Description
Get the state of transmission
Conditions for
The function of transmission is selected for a SCI channel
output
Parameter
bool * complete
The address of storage area for the transmission completion flag
Return value
true
Acquisition of the transmission status succeeded
false
Acquisition of the transmission status failed
File for output
R_PG_SCI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
RPDL function
Details
R_SCI_GetStatus
•
This function acquires the state of transmission.
Transmission completion flag
Example
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
0
Active
1
Complete
Refer to the example 2 of R_PG_DMAC_Set_C<channel number>
Rev.1.04
Page 189 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.18.11 R_PG_SCI_SendTargetStationID_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_SCI_SendTargetStationID_C<channel number> ( uint8_t id )
Definition
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
Description
Conditions for
output
Transmits the ID code of the receiving station
•
•
The function of transmission is selected for a SCI channel
The multi-processer communications function is enabled in the asynchronous serial
communication mode
Parameter
uint8_t id
The ID to be transmitted (0 to 255)
Return value
true
Transmission succeeded
false
Transmission failed
File for output
R_PG_SCI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
RPDL function
Details
R_SCI_Send
•
Generates an ID transmission cycle to transmit the ID code of the destination receiving
station.
•
Example
This function waits until the ID transmission cycle has been completed.
A case where the setting is made as follows.
The function of transmission is selected for a SCI2 channel
The multi-processer communications function is enabled in the asynchronous serial
communication mode
• “Wait at the transmission function until all data has been transmitted” is selected as the
data transmission method.
•
•
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t data[10] = ABCDEFGHIJ;
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first.
R_PG_SCI_Set_C2();
//Set up SCI2
R_PG_SCI_SendTargetStationID_C2( 5 );
//Send ID code (ID:5)
R_PG_SCI_SendAllData_C2( data, 10 );
//Send data
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 190 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.18.12 R_PG_SCI_ReceiveStationID_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_SCI_ReceiveStationID_C<channel number> ( void )
Definition
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
Description
Conditions for
output
Receives the ID code matches the ID of the receiving station itself
•
•
The function of reception is selected for a SCI channel
The multi-processer communications function is enabled in the asynchronous serial
communication mode
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Reception succeeded
false
Reception failed
File for output
R_PG_SCI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
RPDL function
Details
R_SCI_Receive
•
This function waits until the ID code matches the ID of the receiving station itself has
been received.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
• The function of reception is selected for a SCI5 channel
• The multi-processer communications function is enabled in the asynchronous serial
communication mode
• "Notify the reception completion of all data by function call" is selected as the data
reception method
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t data[10];
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first.
R_PG_SCI_Set_C5();
//Set up SCI5
R_PG_SCI_ReceiveStationID_C5();
//Wait an ID reception
R_PG_SCI_StartReceiving_C5( data, 10 );
//Start receiving
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 191 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.18.13 R_PG_SCI_StopModule_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_SCI_StopModule_C<channel number> (void)
Definition
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
Description
Shut down a SCI channel
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Shutting down succeeded
false
Shutting down failed
File for output
R_PG_SCI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 to 3, 5 to 6
RPDL function
Details
R_SCI_Destroy
•
Example
Stops a SCI channel and places it in the module-stop state.
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
SCI0 has been set as transmitter in the GUI.
•
"Wait at the reception function until all data has been received" is selected as the data
reception method instead of specifying the receive end notification function name in
GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint8_t data[255];
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first.
R_PG_SCI_Set_C0();
//Set up SCI0.
R_PG_SCI_Send_C0(data, 255);
//Send 255 bytes of binary data.
R_PG_SCI_StopModule_C0();
//Shut down the SCI0
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 192 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.19 CRC Calculator (CRC)
4.19.1 R_PG_CRC_Set
Definition
bool R_PG_CRC_Set(void)
Description
Set up CRC calculator
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_CRC.c
RPDL function
R_CRC_Create
Details
Example
•
Releases the CRC calculator from the module-stop state, makes initial settings.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint16_t data;
void func(void)
{
R_PG_CRC_Set(); //Set up the CRC calculator
R_PG_CRC_InputData(0xf0);
// Write the payload data
R_PG_CRC_InputData(0x8f);
// Write the first half of the CRC checksum
R_PG_CRC_InputData(0x7f);
// Write the second half of the CRC checksum
R_PG_CRC_GetResult (&data); // Read the CRC calculation result
R_PG_CRC_StopModule(); // Shutdown the CRC unit
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 193 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.19.2 R_PG_CRC_InputData
Definition
bool R_PG_CRC_InputData (uint8_t data)
Description
Input a data to CRC calculator
Parameter
uint8_t data
The data to be used for the calculation
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_CRC.c
RPDL function
R_CRC_Write
Details
Example
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
•
This function writes the data into the CRC calculation register
Refer to the example of R_PG_CRC_Set.
Rev.1.04
Page 194 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.19.3 R_PG_CRC_GetResult
Definition
bool R_PG_CRC_GetResult (uint16_t * data)
Description
Get the the result of calculation
Parameter
uint16_t * data
The address of the location where the result shall be stored.
Return value
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
File for output
R_PG_CRC.c
RPDL function
R_CRC_Read
Details
Example
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
•
This function acquires the the result of calculation
Refer to the example of R_PG_CRC_Set.
Rev.1.04
Page 195 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.19.4 R_PG_CRC_StopModule
Definition
bool R_PG_CRC_StopModule (void)
Description
Shut down CRC calculator
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Shutting down succeeded
false
Shutting down failed
File for output
R_PG_CRC.c
RPDL function
R_CRC_Destroy
Details
Example
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
•
Stops the CRC calculator and places it in the module-stop state.
Refer to the example of R_PG_CRC_Set.
Rev.1.04
Page 196 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.20 I2C Bus Interface (RIIC)
4.20.1 R_PG_I2C_Set_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_I2C_Set_C<channel number> (void)
Definition
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Description
Set up an I2C bus interface channel
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_I2C_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
R_IIC_Create
•
Releases an I2C bus interface channel from the module-stop state, makes initial settings,
and the direction (input or output) and input buffer for the pin to be used is set.
Function R_PG_Clock_Set must be called before calling this function.
Example
RIIC0 has been set in the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
R_PG_I2C_Set_C0();
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first
//Set up RIIC0
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 197 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.20.2 R_PG_I2C_MasterReceive_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_I2C_MasterReceive_C<channel number>
Definition
(bool addr_10bit, uint16_t slave, uint8_t* data, uint16_t count)
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Description
Master data reception
Conditions for
The function of master is selected for an I2C bus interface channel in GUI.
output
Parameter
Return value
File for output
bool addr_10bit
Slave address format (1: 10bit
0: 7bit)
uint16_t slave
Target slave address
uint8_t* data
The start address of the storage area for the expected data.
uint16_t count
The number of the data to be received.
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
R_PG_I2C_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
R_IIC_MasterReceive
•
This function reads data from slave module. The stop condition is generated when the
specified number of data has been received and reception completes.
•
If "Wait at the reception function until all data has been transmitted" is selected as the
master reception method in GUI, this function waits until the last byte has been received.
•
If "Notify the reception completion of all data by function call" is selected as the master
reception method in GUI, this function returns immediately and the notification function
having the specified name will be called when the last byte has been received.
Create the notification function as follows:
void <name of the notification function> (void)
For the notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on Notification
Functions.
•
A Start condition will be generated automatically. If the previous transfer did not issue a
stop condition, a repeated start condition will be generated.
•
In the 7-bit address mode, [7:1] of specified slave address value will be output. In 10-bit
address mode, [10:1] of specified slave address will be output.
•
The number of received data can be aquired by R_PG_I2C_GetReceivedDataCount_C
<channel number>.
•
When using 10-bit address mode, select other than [Notify the reception completion of
all data by function call] for master reception method in the GUI.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 198 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example
Specification of Generated Functions
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
The function of master is selected for a RIIC0
•
"Wait at the reception function until all data has been transmitted" is selected as the
master reception method
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
// The storage area for the received data
uint8_t iic_data[10];
void func(void)
{
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up RIIC0
R_PG_I2C_Set_C0();
//Master reception
R_PG_I2C_MasterReceive_C0(
0,
// Slave address format
6,
// Slave address
iic_data, // The start address of the storage area for the received data
10
// The number of the data to be received
);
//Stop RIIC0
R_PG_I2C_StopModule_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 199 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.20.3 R_PG_I2C_MasterReceiveLast_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_I2C_MasterReceiveLast_C< channel number >
Definition
(uint8_t* data)
< channel number >: 0,1
Description
Conditions for
output
Complete a master reception process
•
The function of master is selected for an I2C bus interface channel in GUI.
•
Select DMAC or DTC transfer as a master reception method
Parameter
uint8_t* data
The address of the storage area for the expected data.
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_I2C_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
R_IIC_MasterReceiveLast
•
This function is genetarted when [Transfer the received serial data by DMAC] or
[Transfer the received serial data by DTC] is selected as a master reception method.
•
In the master reception process that has used the DMAC or DTC transfer, NACK and
stop condition will be issued by calling this function and the reception process will be
terminated.
•
To complete reception process when the DMAC or DTC transfer completes, call this
function from DMAC or DTC interrupt notification function.
•
Extra 1 byte is acquired from the receive data register in this function.
•
The events that has been detected during the reception process or the received data count
can be acquired by calling R_PG_I2C_GetEvent_Cn or
R_PG_I2C_GetReceivedDataCount_Cn.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 200 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example
Specification of Generated Functions
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
"Transfer the received serial data by DMAC" is selected as the master reception method
in RIIC0 setting.
•
DMAC0 is set as follows
Transfer request source : ICRXI0(receive data full interrupt of RIIC0)
Transfer system : Single-operand transfer
Unit data size : 1 byte
Single operand data count : 1
Total transfer data size : Number of data to be received by RIIC0
Source start address : Address of RIIC0 received data register
Destination start address : Destination address of the data transfer
DMA interrupt notification function name : Dmac0IntFunc
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void Dmac0IntFunc(){
uint8_t data; //Storage area of extra data
//Issue NACK and STOP condition and complete the reception
R_PG_PG_I2C_MasterReceiveLast( &data );
}
void func(void)
{
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up RIIC0
R_PG_I2C_Set_C0();
//Set up the DMAC0
R_PG_PG_DMAC_Set_C0();
//Activate the DMAC0
R_PG_PG_DMAC_Activate_C0();
//Master reception
//For DMAC transfer, set PDL_NO_PTR for the address of the storage area
//For DMAC transfer, set 0 for the number of the data
R_PG_PG_I2C_MasterReceive_C0(
0,
//Slave address format
6,
//Slave address
PDL_NO_PTR, // The address of the storage area
0
// The number of the data
);
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 201 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.20.4 R_PG_I2C_MasterSend_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_I2C_MasterSend_C<channel number>
Definition
(bool addr_10bit, uint16_t slave, uint8_t* data, uint16_t count)
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Description
Master data transmission
Conditions for
The function of master is selected for an I2C bus interface channel in GUI.
output
Parameter
Return value
File for output
bool addr_10bit
Slave address format (1: 10bit
0: 7bit)
uint16_t slave
Target slave address
uint8_t* data
The start address of the data to be sent
uint16_t count
The number of the data to be sent
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
R_PG_I2C_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
R_IIC_MasterSend
•
This function sends data to the slave module. The stop condition is generated when the
specified number of data has been transmitted and transmission completes.
•
If "Wait at the transmission function until all data has been transmitted" is selected as the
data transmission method in GUI, this function waits until the last byte has been
transmitted or other events are detected.
•
If "Notify the transmission completion of all data by function call" is selected as the data
transmission method in GUI, this function returns immediately and the notification
function having the specified name will be called when the last byte has been transmitted.
Create the notification function as follows:
void <name of the notification function> (void)
For the notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on Notification
Functions.
•
A Start condition will be generated automatically. If the previous transfer did not issue a
stop condition, a repeated start condition will be generated.
•
In the 7-bit address mode, [7:1] of specified slave address value will be output. In 10-bit
address mode, [10:1] of specified slave address will be output.
•
The number of transmitted data can be aquired by R_PG_I2C_GetSentDataCount_C
<channel number>.
•
When using 10-bit address mode, select other than [Notify the transmission completion of
all data by function call] for master transmission method in the GUI.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 202 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example
Specification of Generated Functions
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
The function of master is selected for a RIIC0
•
"Wait at the transmission function until all data has been transmitted" is selected as the
data transmission method
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
// The storage area for the data to be transmitted
uint8_t iic_data[10];
void func(void)
{
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up RIIC0
R_PG_I2C_Set_C0();
//Master transmission
R_PG_I2C_MasterSend_C0(
0,
// Slave address format
6,
// Slave address
iic_data, // The start address of the storage area for the data to be transmitted
10
// The number of the data to be transmitted
);
//Stop RIIC0
R_PG_I2C_StopModule_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 203 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.20.5 R_PG_I2C_MasterSendWithoutStop_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_I2C_MasterSendWithoutStop_C<channel number>
Definition
(bool addr_10bit, uint16_t slave, uint8_t* data, uint16_t count)
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Description
Master data transmission ( No stop condition )
Conditions for
The function of master is selected for an I2C bus interface channel in GUI.
output
Parameter
Return value
File for output
bool addr_10bit
Slave address format (1: 10bit
0: 7bit)
uint16_t slave
Target slave address
uint8_t* data
The start address of the data to be sent
uint16_t count
The number of the data to be sent
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
R_PG_I2C_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
R_IIC_MasterSend
•
This function sends data to the slave module. The stop condition will not be generated.
To generate a stop condition, call R_PG_I2C_GenerateStopCondition_C<channel
number>.
•
If "Wait at the transmission function until all data has been transmitted" is selected as the
data transmission method in GUI, this function waits until the last byte has been
transmitted or other events are detected.
•
If "Notify the transmission completion of all data by function call" is selected as the data
transmission method in GUI, this function returns immediately and the notification
function having the specified name will be called when the last byte has been transmitted.
Create the notification function as follows:
void <name of the notification function> (void)
For the notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on Notification
Functions.
•
A Start condition will be generated automatically. If the previous transfer did not issue a
stop condition, a repeated start condition will be generated.
•
In the 7-bit address mode, [7:1] of specified slave address value will be output. In 10-bit
address mode, [10:1] of specified slave address will be output.
•
The number of transmitted data can be aquired by R_PG_I2C_GetSentDataCount_C
<channel number>.
•
When using 10-bit address mode, select other than [Notify the transmission completion of
all data by function call] for master transmission method in the GUI.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 204 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example
Specification of Generated Functions
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
The function of master is selected for a RIIC0
•
"Notify the transmission completion of all data by function call" is selected as the data
transmission method
•
IIC0MasterTrFunc was specified as the name of the transmit end notification function
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
// The storage area for the data to be transmitted
uint8_t iic_data[10];
void func(void)
{
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up RIIC0
R_PG_I2C_Set_C0();
//Master transmission
R_PG_I2C_MasterSendWithoutStop_C0(
0,
// Slave address format
6,
// Slave address
iic_data, // The start address of the storage area for the data to be transmitted
10
// The number of the data to be transmitted
);
}
void IIC0MasterTrFunc(void){
//Generate stop condition
R_PG_I2C_GenerateStopCondition_C0();
//Stop RIIC0
R_PG_I2C_StopModule_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 205 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.20.6 R_PG_I2C_GenerateStopCondition_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_I2C_GenerateStopCondition_C<channel number> (void)
Definition
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Description
Generate a stop condition
Conditions for
The function of master is selected for an I2C bus interface channel in GUI.
output
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_I2C_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
R_IIC_Control
•
This function generates a stop condition for the transmission started by
R_PG_I2C_MasterSendWithoutStop_C<channel number>.
Example
RIIC0 has been set in the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
// The storage area for the data to be transmitted
uint8_t iic_data[10];
void func(void)
{
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up RIIC0
R_PG_I2C_Set_C0();
//Master transmission
R_PG_I2C_MasterSendWithoutStop_C0(
0,
// Slave address format
6,
// Slave address
iic_data, // The start address of the storage area for the data to be transmitted
10
// The number of the data to be transmitted
);
}
void IIC0MasterTrFunc(void){
//Generate stop condition
R_PG_I2C_GenerateStopCondition_C0();
//Stop RIIC0
R_PG_I2C_StopModule_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 206 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.20.7 R_PG_I2C_GetBusState_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_I2C_GetBusState_C<channel number> ( bool *busy )
Definition
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Description
Get the bus state
Conditions for
output
The function of master is selected for an I2C bus interface channel in GUI.
Parameter
bool *busy
The address of storage area for the bus busy detection flag
Return value
true
Acquisition of the flag succeeded
false
Acquisition of the flag failed
File for output
R_PG_I2C_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
R_IIC_GetStatus
•
This function acquires the bus busy detection flag.
Bus busy detection flag
Example
0
The I2C bus is released (bus free state)
1
The I2C bus is occupied (bus busy state or in the bus free state)
RIIC0 has been set in the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
// The storage area for the data to be transmitted
uint8_t iic_data[10];
//Storage for bus busy detection flag
bool busy;
void func(void)
{
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up RIIC0
R_PG_I2C_Set_C0();
// Wait for the I2C bus to be free
do{
R_PG_I2C_GetBusState_C0( & busy );
} while( busy );
//Master transmission
R_PG_I2C_MasterSend_C0(
0,
// Slave address format
6,
// Slave address
iic_data, // The start address of the storage area for the data to be transmitted
10
// The number of the data to be transmitted
);
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 207 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.20.8 R_PG_I2C_SlaveMonitor_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_I2C_SlaveMonitor_C<channel number> ( uint8_t *data, uint16_t count )
Definition
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Description
Slave bus monitor
Conditions for output
The function of slave is selected for an I2C bus interface channel in GUI.
Parameter
uint8_t* data
The start address of the received data
uint16_t count
The number of the data to be received
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
Return value
File for output
R_PG_I2C_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
R_IIC_SlaveMonitor
•
This function monitors the accesses from master modules.
•
If "Notify the reception completion of all data, slave read request, or a stop condition
detection by function call" is selected as the slave monitor method in GUI, this function
returns immediately and the notification function having the specified name will be called
when a read access from master module or a stop condition is detected. Create the
notification function as follows:
void <name of the notification function> (void)
For the notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on Notification
Functions.
•
If "Wait at the monitor function until reception completion, slave read request, or a stop
condition detection" is selected as the slave monitor method in GUI, this function waits
until a read access from master module or a stop condition is detected.
•
The received data from a master module is stored in the storage area of specified address.
Specify the number of data to not exceed the size of storage area. If the number of the
data from the master module exceeds the specified number, NACK shall be generated.
•
The transmit/receive mode can be aquired by calling R_PG_I2C_GetRW_C<channel
number>. The data can be transmitted by calling R_PG_I2C_SlaveSend_C<channel
number> to respond to a transmission (read) request from the master.
•
Call R_PG_I2C_GetDetectedAddress_C<channel number> to acquire a detected slave
address. Call R_PG_I2C_GetEvent_C<channel number> to acquire the detected events
(e.g. a stop condition or a start condition).
•
When using 10-bit address mode, select other than [Notify the transmission completion of
all data, slave read request, or a stop condition detection by function call] for slave
monitor method in the GUI.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 208 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example
Specification of Generated Functions
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
The function of slave is selected for a RIIC0
•
IIC0SlaveFunc was specified as the name of the slave monitor function
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
// The storage area for the data to be received
uint8_t iic_data_re[10];
// The storage area for the data to be transmitted (slave address 0)
uint8_t iic_data_tr_0[10];
// The storage area for the data to be transmitted (slave address 1)
uint8_t iic_data_tr_1[10];
//Storage for bus busy detection flag
uint8_t busy;
void func(void)
{
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up RIIC0
R_PG_I2C_Set_C0();
// Slave monitor
R_PG_I2C_SlaveMonitor_C0(
iic_data_re, // The start address of the storage area for the received data
10
// The number of the data to be received
);
}
void IIC0SlaveFunc (void)
{
bool transmit, start, stop;
bool addr0, addr1;
//Get the detected events
R_PG_I2C_GetEvent_C0(0, &stop, &start, 0, 0);
//Get an access type
R_PG_PG_I2C_GetTR_C0(&transmit);
//Get a detected address
R_PG_I2C_GetDetectedAddress_C0(&addr0, &addr1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
if (start && transmit && addr0) {
R_PG_I2C_SlaveSend_C(
iic_data_tr_0,
10
);
}
else if (start && transmit && addr1) {
R_PG_I2C_SlaveSend_C(
iic_data_tr_1,
10
);
}
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 209 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.20.9 R_PG_I2C_SlaveSend_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_I2C_SlaveSend_C<channel number> ( uint8_t *data, uint16_t count )
Definition
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Description
Slave data transmission
Conditions for output
The function of slave is selected for an I2C bus interface channel in GUI.
Parameter
uint8_t* data
The start address of the data to be transmitted
uint16_t count
The number of the data to be transmitted
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
Return value
File for output
R_PG_I2C_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
R_IIC_SlaveSend
•
This function transmits the data to the master module.
•
If the master requires more data than is supplied, this function shall loop back to the start
of the data.
Example
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Refer to the example of R_PG_I2C_SlaveMonitor_C<channel number>
Rev.1.04
Page 210 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.20.10 R_PG_I2C_GetDetectedAddress_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_I2C_GetDetectedAddress_C<channel number>
Definition
(bool *addr0, bool *addr1, bool *addr2, bool *general, bool *device, bool *host)
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Description
Get the detected address
Conditions for output
The function of slave is selected for an I2C bus interface channel in GUI.
Parameter
bool *addr0
The address of storage area for slave address 0 detection flag
bool *addr1
The address of storage area for slave address1 detection flag
bool *addr2
The address of storage area for slave address 2 detection flag
bool *general
The address of storage area for general call address detection flag
bool *device
The address of storage area for device-ID command detection flag
bool *host
The address of storage area for host address detection flag
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
Return value
File for output
R_PG_I2C_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
Example
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
R_IIC_GetStatus
•
This function acquires the detected address.
•
Specify the address of storage area for the flags to be acquired.
•
Specify 0 for a flag that is not required.
•
The flag of detected address will be set to 1.
Refer to the example of R_PG_I2C_SlaveMonitor_C<channel number>
Rev.1.04
Page 211 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.20.11 R_PG_I2C_GetTR_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_I2C_GetTR_C<channel number> ( bool * transmit )
Definition
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Description
Get the transmit/receive mode
Conditions for output
The function of slave is selected for an I2C bus interface channel in GUI.
Parameter
bool * transmit
The address of storage area for the transmit/receive mode flag
Transmit/receive mode flag
0: Receive mode
1: Transmit mode
Return value
File for output
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
R_PG_I2C_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
Example
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
R_IIC_GetStatus
•
This function acquires the transmit/receive mode flag.
Refer to the example of R_PG_I2C_SlaveMonitor_C<channel number>
Rev.1.04
Page 212 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.20.12 R_PG_I2C_GetEvent_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_I2C_GetEvent_C<channel number>
Definition
( bool *nack, bool *stop, bool *start, bool *lost, bool *timeout )
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Description
Get the detected event
Parameter
bool *nack
The address of storage area for a NACK detection flag
bool *stop
The address of storage area for a stop condition detection flag
bool *start
The address of storage area for a start condition detection flag
bool *lost
The address of storage area for an arbitration lost
bool *timeout
The address of storage area for a timeout detection
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
Return value
File for output
R_PG_I2C_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
Example
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
R_IIC_GetStatus
•
This function acquires the detected event.
•
Specify 0 for a flag that is not required.
•
The flags of the detected event will be set to 1.
Refer to the example of R_PG_I2C_SlaveMonitor_C<channel number>
Rev.1.04
Page 213 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.20.13 R_PG_I2C_GetReceivedDataCount_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_I2C_GetReceivedDataCount_C<channel number> ( uint16_t *count )
Definition
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Description
Acquires the count of received data
Parameter
uint16_t *count
The address of storage area for the number of bytes that have been
received
Return value
true
Acquisition of the data count succeeded
false
Acquisition of the data count failed
File for output
R_PG_I2C_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
R_IIC_GetStatus
•
This function acquires the number of bytes that have been received in the current
reception process.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
The function of master is selected for a RIIC0
•
"Notify the reception completion of all data by function call" is selected as the master
reception method
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
// The storage area for the data to be received
uint8_t iic_data[256];
// The storage area for the number of received data
uint16_t count;
void func(void)
{
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up RIIC0
R_PG_I2C_Set_C0();
//Master receive
R_PG_I2C_MasterReceive_C0(
6,
// Slave address
iic_data, // The address of storage area for the data to be received
256
// The number of data to be received
);
//Wait until 64 bytes have been received
do{
R_PG_I2C_GetReceivedDataCount_C0( &count );
} while( count < 64 );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 214 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.20.14 R_PG_I2C_GetSentDataCount_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_I2C_GetSentDataCount_C<channel number> ( uint16_t *count )
Definition
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Description
Acquires the count of transmitted data
Parameter
uint16_t *count
The address of storage area for the number of bytes that have been
transmitted
Return value
true
Acquisition of the data count succeeded
false
Acquisition of the data count failed
File for output
R_PG_I2C_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
R_IIC_GetStatus
•
This function acquires the number of bytes that have been transmitted in the current
transmission process.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
The function of master is selected for a RIIC0
•
"Notify the transmission completion of all data by function call" is selected as the data
transmission method
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
// The storage area for the data to be transmitted
uint8_t iic_data[256];
// The storage area for the number of transmitted data
uint16_t count;
void func(void)
{
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up RIIC0
R_PG_I2C_Set_C0();
//Master send
R_PG_I2C_MasterSend_C0(
6,
// Slave address
iic_data, // The address of storage area for the data to be transmitted
256
// The number of data to be transmitted
);
//Wait until 64 bytes have been transmitted
do{
R_PG_I2C_GetSentDataCount_C0( &count );
} while( count < 64 );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 215 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.20.15 R_PG_I2C_Reset_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_I2C_Reset_C<channel number> ( void )
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Description
Reset the bus
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_I2C_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
R_IIC_Control
Details
•
This function resets the module
•
The settings of the module are preserved.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
The function of master is selected for a RIIC0
•
"Notify the transmission completion of all data by function call" is selected as the data
transmission method
IIC0MasterTrFunc was specified as the name of the transmit end notification function
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
// The storage area for the data to be transmitted
uint8_t iic_data[256];
void func(void)
{
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up RIIC0
R_PG_I2C_Set_C0();
//Master send
R_PG_I2C_MasterSend_C0(
6,
// Slave address
iic_data, // The address of storage area for the data to be transmitted
10
// The number of data to be transmitted
);
}
void IIC0MasterTrFunc(void)
{
if ( error ){
R_PG_I2C_Reset_C0();
}
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 216 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.20.16 R_PG_I2C_StopModule_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_I2C_StopModule_C<channel number> ( void )
Definition
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Description
Shut down the I2C bus interface channel
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Shutting down succeeded
false
Shutting down failed
File for output
R_PG_I2C_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0 or 1
RPDL function
Details
Example
R_IIC_Destroy
•
Stops an I2C bus interface channel and places it in the module-stop state.
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
The function of master is selected for a RIIC0
•
"Wait at the reception function until all data has been transmitted" is selected as the
master reception method
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
// The storage area for the data to be transmitted
uint8_t iic_data[256];
void func(void)
{
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up RIIC0
R_PG_I2C_Set_C0();
//Master receive
R_PG_I2C_MasterReceive _C0(
6,
// Slave address
iic_data, // The address of storage area for the data to be received
10
// The number of data to be received
);
//Stop the RIIC0
R_PG_I2C_StopModule_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 217 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.21 Serial Peripheral Interface (RSPI)
4.21.1 R_PG_RSPI_Set_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_RSPI_Set_C<channel number> (void)
<channel number>: 0, 1
Description
Set up a RSPI channel
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_RSPI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
R_SPI_Create
•
Releases a serial peripheral interface channel from the module-stop state, makes initial
settings, and the direction (input or output) and input buffer for the pin to be used is set.
•
Function R_PG_Clock_Set must be called before calling this function.
•
The commands are not set in this function. To set the commands, call
R_PG_RSPI_SetCommand_C<channel number>.
Example
RSPI0 has been set in GUI.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up the clocks
R_PG_RSPI_Set_C0();
//Set up RSPI0
R_PG_RSPI_SetCommand_C0();
//Set commands
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 218 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.21.2 R_PG_RSPI_SetCommand_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_RSPI_SetCommand_C<channel number> (void)
<channel number>: 0, 1
Description
Set commands
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_RSPI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
Example
R_SPI_Command
•
Set RSPI commands registers.
•
All commands set in GUI (maximum number of commands: 8) shall be set.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up the clocks
R_PG_RSPI_Set_C0();
//Set up RSPI0
R_PG_RSPI_SetCommand_C0();
//Set commands
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 219 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.21.3 R_PG_RSPI_StartTransfer_C<channel number>
• Transmit and receive
Definition
bool R_PG_RSPI_StartTransfer_C<channel number>
( uint32_t * tx_start,
uint32_t * rx_start,
uint16_t sequence_loop_count )
<channel number>: 0, 1
• Only transmit
bool R_PG_RSPI_StartTransfer_C<channel number>
( uint32_t * tx_start,
uint16_t sequence_loop_count )
<channel number>: 0, 1
Description
Start the data transfer
Conditions for
“Notify the transfer completion and the error detection by function call” has been selected
output
as the transfer method.
Parameter
uint32_t * tx_start
The start address of the data to be transmitted.
uint32_t * rx_start
The start address of the storage area for the expected
data.
uint16_t sequence_loop_count
The number of times that the command sequence will be
executed
Return value
File for output
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
R_PG_RSPI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
R_SPI_Transfer
•
Starts the data transfer.
•
This function is generated when "Notify the transfer completion and the error detection
by function call" is selected as the data transfer method in GUI.
•
This function returns immediately and the notification function having the specified
name will be called when all commands are executed or error is detected.
Create the notification function as follows:
void <name of the notification function> (void)
For the notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on Notification
Functions.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 220 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example
Specification of Generated Functions
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
RSPI0 has been set to master mode
•
“Notify the transfer completion and the error detection by function call” is selected as the
•
transfer method
•
rsi0_int_func is specified as a notification function name
•
Number of commands: 1
Number of frames: 4
Data lengh of command 0 is 8 bits
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint32_t tx_data[4] = { 0x11, 0x22, 0x33, 0x44 };
uint32_t rx_data[4] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 };
bool over_run, mode_fault, parity_error;
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up the clocks
R_PG_RSPI_Set_C0();
//Set up RSPI0
R_PG_RSPI_SetCommand_C0();
//Set commands
R_PG_RSPI_StartTransfer_C0( tx_data, rx_data, 1 ); //Transfe 4 frames * 8bits
}
void rsi0_int_func (void)
{
R_PG_RSPI_GetError_C0(&over_run,&mode_fault,&parity_error ); //Get error flags
if( over_run || mode_fault || parity_error ){
//Processing when an error is detected
}
R_PG_RSPI_StopModule_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 221 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.21.4 R_PG_RSPI_TransferAllData_C<channel number>
• Transmit and receive
Definition
bool R_PG_RSPI_TransferAllData_C<channel number>
( uint32_t * tx_start,
uint32_t * rx_start,
uint16_t sequence_loop_count )
<channel number>: 0, 1
• Only transmit
bool R_PG_RSPI_TransferAllData_C<channel number>
( uint32_t * tx_start,
uint16_t sequence_loop_count )
<channel number>: 0, 1
• DTC/DMAC transfer
bool R_PG_RSPI_TransferAllData_C<channel number>
( uint16_t sequence_loop_count )
<channel number>: 0, 1
Description
Transfer all data
Conditions for
Other than “Notify the transfer completion and the error detection by function call” has
output
been selected as the transfer method.
Parameter
uint32_t * tx_start
The start address of the data to be transmitted.
uint32_t * rx_start
The start address of the storage area for the expected
data.
uint16_t sequence_loop_count
The number of times that the command sequence will
be executed
Return value
File for output
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
R_PG_RSPI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
R_SPI_Transfer
•
Transfers all data.
•
This function is generated when other than "Notify the transfer completion and the error
detection by function call" is selected as the transmission method in GUI.
•
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
This function waits until all commands are executed.
Rev.1.04
Page 222 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example
Specification of Generated Functions
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
RSPI0 has been set to master mode.
•
“Wait until transfer completion” is selected as the transfer method.
•
Number of commands: 1
Number of frames: 4
Data lengh of command 0 is 8 bits
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint32_t tx_data[4] = { 0x11, 0x22, 0x33, 0x44 };
uint32_t rx_data[4] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 };
bool over_run, mode_fault, parity_error;
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up the clocks
R_PG_RSPI_Set_C0();
//Set up RSPI0
R_PG_RSPI_SetCommand_C0();
//Set commands
R_PG_RSPI_StartTransfer_C0( tx_data, rx_data, 1 ); //Transfe 4 frames * 8bits
R_PG_RSPI_GetError_C0(&over_run,&mode_fault,&parity_error); //Get error flags
if( over_run || mode_fault || parity_error ){
//Processing when an error is detected
}
R_PG_RSPI_StopModule_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 223 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.21.5 R_PG_RSPI_GetStatus_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_RSPI_GetStatus_C<channel number>
(bool * idle,
bool * receive_full,
bool * transmit_empty )
<channel number>: 0, 1
Description
Acquire the transfer status
Parameter
bool * idle
bool *
receive_full
transmit_empty
The address of storage area for the transmit buffer empty flag
(0: Full
1: Empty)
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
bool *
Return value
File for output
The address of storage area for the idle flag
(0: Idle state 1: Transfer state)
The address of storage area for the receive buffer full flag
(0: Empty
1: Full)
R_PG_RSPI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
R_SPI_GetStatus
•
Acquires the transfer status.
•
Specify the address of storage area for the items to be acquired. Specify 0 for an item that
is not required.
•
The error flags (the overrun error flag, the mode fault error flag, and the parity error flag)
are cleared in this function. Call R_PG_RSPI_GetError_C<channel number> to acquire
the error flags before calling this function if needed.
Example
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
bool idle;
void func(void)
{
do{
R_PG_RSPI_GetStatus_C0( &idle, 0, 0 );
}while( idle );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 224 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.21.6 R_PG_RSPI_GetError_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_RSPI_GetError_C<channel number>
(bool * over_run,
bool * mode_fault,
bool * parity_error)
<channel number>: 0, 1
Description
Acquire the error flags
Parameter
bool * over_run
The address of storage area for the overrun error flag
bool * mode_fault
The address of storage area for the mode fault error flag
bool * parity_error
The address of storage area for the parity error flag
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
Return value
File for output
R_PG_RSPI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
R_SPI_GetStatus
•
Acquires the error flags.
•
Specify the address of storage area for the items to be acquired. Specify 0 for an item that
is not required.
•
Example
The error flags shall be cleared in this function.
Refer to the example of R_PG_RSPI_StartTransfer_C<channel number>,
R_PG_RSPI_TransferAllData_C<channel number>, and
R_PG_RSPI_GetCommandStatus_C<channel number>
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 225 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.21.7 R_PG_RSPI_GetCommandStatus_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_RSPI_GetCommandStatus_C<channel number>
( uint8_t * current_command,
uint8_t * error_command )
<channel number>: 0, 1
Description
Acquire the command status
Conditions for
A RSPI channel has been set to the master mode
output
Parameter
uint8_t * current_command
The address of storage area for the current command pointer
value (0 to 7)
uint8_t * error_command
The address of storage area for the value of command
pointer when an error is detected (0 to 7)
Return value
File for output
true
Acquisition succeeded
false
Acquisition failed
R_PG_RSPI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
R_SPI_GetStatus
•
Acquires the current command pointer value (0 to 7) and the value of command pointer
when an error is detected (0 to 7).
•
Specify the address of storage area for the items to be acquired. Specify 0 for an item that is
not required.
•
The error flags (the overrun error flag, the mode fault error flag, and the parity error flag)
are cleared in this function. Call R_PG_RSPI_GetError_C<channel number> to acquire
the error flags before calling this function if needed.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
RSPI0 has been set to the master mode
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
bool over_run, mode_fault,
uint8_t error_command;
parity_error;
void func(void)
{
R_PG_RSPI_GetError_C0(&over_run,&mode_fault,&parity_error); // Get error flags
if( over_run || mode_fault || parity_error ){
R_PG_RSPI_GetCommandStatus_C0( &error_command );
// Processing when an error is detected
}
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 226 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.21.8 R_PG_RSPI_StopModule_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_RSPI_StopModule_C<channel number> (void)
<channel number>: 0, 1
Description
Shut down a RSPI channel
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Shutting down succeeded
false
Shutting down failed
File for output
R_PG_RSPI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
Example
R_SPI_Destroy
•
Stops RSPI channel and places it in the module-stop state.
Refer to the example of R_PG_RSPI_StartTransfer_C<channel number> and
R_PG_RSPI_TransferAllData_C<channel number>.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 227 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.21.9 R_PG_RSPI_LoopBack<loopback mode>_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_RSPI_LoopBack<loopback mode>_C<channel number> (void)
<loopback mode>: Direct, Reversed, Disable
<channel number>: 0, 1
Description
Set loopback mode
Conditions for
The loopback mode has been set
output
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_RSPI_C<channel number>.c
<channel number>: 0, 1
RPDL function
Details
R_SPI_Control
•
Sets or disables RSPI pins to loopback mode.
•
By calling R_PG_RSPI_LoopBackDirect_C<channel number>, the input path and output
path for the shift register are connected. (transmit data = receive data)
•
By calling R_PG_RSPI_LoopBackReversed _C<channel number>, the reversed input
path and output path for the shift register are connected. (reversed transmit data = receive
data)
•
By calling R_PG_RSPI_LoopBackDisable_C<channel number>, the loopback mode is
disabled.
Example
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_RSPI_LoopBackDirect_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
//Set loopback mode
Page 228 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.22 12-Bit A/D Converter (S12AD)
4.22.1 R_PG_ADC_12_Set_S12AD0
Definition
bool R_PG_ADC_12_Set_S12AD0 (void)
Description
Set up the 12-Bit A/D Converter
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_ADC_12_S12AD0.c
RPDL function
R_ADC_12_Create
Details
•
Releases the 12-Bit A/D converter from the module-stop state, makes initial settings, and
places it in the conversion-start trigger-input wait state. When the software trigger is
selected to start conversion, conversion is started by calling
R_PG_ADC_12_StartConversionSW_S12AD0.
Function R_PG_Clock_Set must be called before calling this function.
The input direction is set for pins used as analog inputs and the input buffers for the pins
are disabled.
The A/D-conversion end interrupt is set in this function. When the name of the interrupt
notification function has been specified in the GUI, if an interrupt occurs in the CPU, the
function having the specified name will be called. Create the interrupt notification
function as follows:
void <name of the interrupt notification function> (void)
For the interrupt notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on
Notification Functions.
•
•
•
Example
•
•
A case where the setting is made as follows.
AN1 has been selected for the analog input chanel.
S12ad0IntFunc has been specified as the A/D conversion end interrupt notification
function name
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint16_t result[2];
// Storage for the result (AN0 to AN1 (AN0 is disable) )
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up the clocks
R_PG_ADC_12_Set_S12AD0(); //Set up the 12-Bit A/D converter (S12AD0)
}
//The A/D conversion end interrupt notification function
void S12ad0IntFunc(void)
{
R_PG_ADC_12_GetResult_S12AD0(result); //Acquire the result of A/D conversion
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 229 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.22.2 R_PG_ADC_12_StartConversionSW_S12AD0
Definition
bool R_PG_ADC_12_StartConversionSW_S12AD0(void)
Description
Start A/D conversion (Software trigger)
Conditions for
Setting of the A/D converter and specification of the software trigger as the activation
output
source
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_ADC_12_S12AD0.c
RPDL function
R_ADC_12_Control
Details
•
Starts A/D conversion by an A/D converter for which the software trigger is selected as
the activation source.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
The software trigger is selected as the conversion start trigger.
•
S12ad0IntFunc has been specified as the A/D conversion end interrupt notification
function name
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up the clocks
R_PG_ADC_12_Set_S12AD0();
//Set up the 12-Bit A/D converter (S12AD0)
// Start A/D conversion by the software trigger
R_PG_ADC_12_StartConversionSW_S12AD0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 230 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.22.3 R_PG_ADC_12_StopConversion_S12AD0
Definition
bool R_PG_ADC_12_StopConversion_S12AD0(void)
Description
Stop A/D conversion
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Stopping conversion succeeded.
false
Stopping conversion failed.
File for output
R_PG_ADC_12_S12AD0.c
RPDL function
R_ADC_12_Control
Details
•
Stops A/D conversion in the continuous scan mode. In the one-cycle scan mode, this
function need not be called after A/D conversion has ended.
After this function has stopped A/D conversion, continuous scanning is resumed on
input of the A/D-conversion start trigger. To end continuous scanning, stop the A/D
conversion unit by calling R_PG_ADC_12_StopModule_S12AD0.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
The continuous scan mode is selected as the operation mode.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func1(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up the clocks
R_PG_ADC_12_Set_S12AD0();
//Set up the 12-Bit A/D converter (S12AD0)
}
void func2(void)
{
//Stop the continuous scan
R_PG_ADC_12_StopConversion_S12AD0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 231 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.22.4 R_PG_ADC_12_GetResult_S12AD0
Definition
bool R_PG_ADC_12_GetResult_S12AD0(uint16_t * result)
Description
Acquire the result of A/D conversion
Parameter
uint16_t * result
The address of storage area for the result of A/D conversion
Return value
true
Acquisition of the result succeeded
false
Acquisition of the result failed
File for output
R_PG_ADC_12_S12AD0.c
RPDL function
R_ADC_12_Read
Details
•
The amount of data to be acquired depends on the number of A/D-conversion channels
that are in use. Reserve the area required for storing the result of A/D conversion for the
given number of channels.
•
When A/D conversion is in progress at the time of calling this function and a name for
the interrupt notification function has not been specified through the GUI, the function
waits until the end of A/D conversion before reading the result.
Example
A case where the setting is made as follows.
•
AN0 to AN3 have been selected for the analog input chanels.
•
S12ad0IntFunc has been specified as the A/D conversion end interrupt notification
function name
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up the clocks
R_PG_ADC_12_Set_S12AD0();
//Set up the 12-Bit A/D converter (S12AD0)
}
//The A/D conversion end interrupt notification function
void S12ad0IntFunc(void)
{
uint16_t result[4]; //Storage for the result of A/D conversion (AN0 to AN3)
uint16_t result_an0; //A/D Storage for the result of A/D conversion (AN0)
uint16_t result_an1; //A/D Storage for the result of A/D conversion (AN1)
uint16_t result_an2; //A/D Storage for the result of A/D conversion (AN2)
uint16_t result_an3; //A/D Storage for the result of A/D conversion (AN3)
// Acquire the result of A/D conversion
R_PG_ADC_12_GetResult_S12AD0( result );
result_an0 = result[0];
result_an1 = result[1];
result_an2 = result[2];
result_an3 = result[3];
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 232 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.22.5 R_PG_ADC_12_StopModule_S12AD0
Definition
bool R_PG_ADC_12_StopModule_S12AD0(void)
Description
Shut down the 12-Bit A/D converter
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Shutting down succeeded
false
Shutting down failed
File for output
R_PG_ADC_12_S12AD0.c
RPDL function
R_ADC_12_Destroy
Details
Example
•
Stops the 12-Bit A/D converter and places it in the module-stop state.
//Include “R_PG_<PDG project name>.h” to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint16_t result[8];
//Storage for the result of A/D conversion (AN0 to AN7)
void func1(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up the clocks
R_PG_ADC_12_Set_S12AD0();
//Set up the 12-Bit A/D converter (S12AD0)
}
void func2(void)
{
//Stop the continuous scan
R_PG_ADC_12_StopConversion_S12AD0();
//Acquire the result of A/D conversion
R_PG_ADC_12_GetResult_S12AD0( result );
//Stop the 12-Bit A/D Converter (S12AD0)
R_PG_ADC_12_StopModule_S12AD0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 233 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.23 10-Bit A/D Converter (ADa)
4.23.1 R_PG_ADC_10_Set_AD<unit number>
Definition
bool R_PG_ADC_10_Set_AD<unit number> (void)
Description
Set up the 10-Bit A/D Converter (ADa)
Parameter
Return value
None
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_ADC_10_AD<unit number>.c
RPDL function
R_ADC_10_Create
Details
•
<unit number>: 0 to 1
<unit number>: 0 to 1
Releases an A/D converter from the module-stop state, makes initial settings, and places it
in the conversion-start trigger-input wait state. When the software trigger is selected to
start conversion, conversion is started by calling
R_PG_ADC_10_StartConversionSW_AD<channel number>.
•
Function R_PG_Clock_Set must be called before calling this function.
•
The input direction is set for pins used as analog inputs and the input buffers for the pins
are disabled.
•
The A/D-conversion end interrupt is set in this function. When the name of the interrupt
notification function has been specified in the GUI, if an interrupt request is conveyed to
the CPU, the function having the specified name will be called. Create the interrupt
notification function as follows:
void <name of the interrupt notification function> (void)
For the interrupt notification function, note the contents of this chapter end, Notes on
Notification Functions.
Example
AD2 has been set in the GUI.
Ad2IntFunc has been specified as the name of the A/D-conversion end interrupt notification
function in the GUI.
#include "R_PG_default.h" //Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
uint16_t data; //Destination for storage of the result of A/D conversion
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
R_PG_ADC_10_Set_AD2();
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first.
//Set up AD2.
}
//AD-conversion end interrupt notification function
void Ad2IntFunc(void)
{
R_PG_ADC_10_GetResult_AD2(&data)
//Acquire the result of A/D conversion.
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 234 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.23.2 R_PG_ADC_10_StartConversionSW_AD<unit number>
bool R_PG_ADC_10_StartConversionSW_AD<unit number> (void)
Definition
<unit number>: 0 to 1
Description
Start the A/D conversion (Software trigger)
Conditions for
Setting of the A/D converter and specification of the software trigger as the activation
output
source
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Triggering the conversion succeeded.
false
Triggering the conversion failed.
File for output
R_PG_ADC_10_AD<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 to 1
RPDL function
Details
R_ADC_10_Control
•
Starts A/D conversion by an A/D converter for which the software trigger is selected as
the activation source.
Example
The continuous scan mode has been specified as the AD2 mode in the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
R_PG_ADC_10_Set_AD2();
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first.
//Set up AD2.
//Start A/D conversion by the software trigger
R_PG_ADC_10_StartConversionSW_AD2();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 235 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.23.3 R_PG_ADC_10_StopConversion_AD<unit number>
bool R_PG_ADC_10_StopConversion_AD<unit number> (void)
Definition
<unit number>: 0 to 1
Description
Stop the A/D conversion
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Stopping the conversion succeeded.
false
Stopping the conversion failed.
File for output
R_PG_ADC_10_AD<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 to 1
RPDL function
Details
R_ADC_10_Control
•
Stops A/D conversion in the continuous scan mode. In the single mode and single-cycle
scan mode, this function need not be called after A/D conversion has ended.
After this function has stopped A/D conversion, continuous scanning is resumed on
input of the A/D-conversion start trigger. To end continuous scanning, stop the A/D
conversion unit by calling R_PG_ADC_10_StopModule_AD<unit number>.
Example
The software trigger has been specified as the activation source for AD2 in the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint16_t data;
//Destination for storage of the result of A/D conversion
void func1(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
R_PG_ADC_10_Set_AD2();
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first.
//Set up AD2.
}
void func2(void)
{
//Stop continuous scanning.
R_PG_ADC_10_StopConversion_AD2();
//Acquire the result of A/D conversion.
R_PG_ADC_10_GetResult_AD2(&data)
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 236 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.23.4 R_PG_ADC_10_GetResult_AD<unit number>
bool R_PG_ADC_10_GetResult_AD<unit number> (uint16_t * result)
Definition
<unit number>: 0 to 1
Description
Get the result of A/D conversion
Parameter
uint16_t * result
Destination for storage of the result of A/D conversion
Return value
true
Acquisition of the result succeeded.
false
Acquisition of the result failed.
File for output
R_PG_ADC_10_AD<unit number>.c
RPDL function
R_ADC_10_Read
Details
•
<unit number>: 0 to 1
The amount of data to be acquired depends on the number of A/D-conversion channels
that are in use. Reserve the area required for storing the result of A/D conversion for the
given number of channels.
•
When A/D conversion is in progress at the time of calling this function and a name for the
interrupt notification function has not been specified through the GUI, the function waits
until the end of A/D conversion before reading the result.
Example
The single-cycle scan mode has been specified for AD0 in in the GUI.
Four channels (AN0 to AN3) are in use.
Ad0IntFunc has been specified as the name of the A/D-conversion end interrupt notification
function in the GUI.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
R_PG_ADC_10_Set_AD0();
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first.
//Set up AD0.
}
//AD-conversion end interrupt notification function
void Ad0IntFunc(void)
{
uint16_t data[4]; //Result of A/D conversion on all channels
uint16_t data_an0; //Result of A/D conversion on AN0
uint16_t data_an1; //Result of A/D conversion on AN1
uint16_t data_an2; //Result of A/D conversion on AN2
uint16_t data_an3; //Result of A/D conversion on AN3
R_PG_ADC_10_GetResult_AD0(data)
//Acquire the results of A/D conversion.
data_an0 = data[0];
data_an1 = data[1];
data_an2 = data[2];
data_an3 = data[3];
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 237 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.23.5 R_PG_ADC_10_SetSelfDiag_VREF_<voltage>_AD<unit number>
bool R_PG_ADC_10_SetSelfDiag_VREF_<voltage>_AD<unit number> (void)
Definition
<voltage>: 0, 0_5, 1 ( 0:Vref*0, 0_5:Vref/2, 1:Vref )
Description
Set up the A/D self-diagnostic function
Conditions for
The self-diagnostic function is enabled
<unit number>: 0 to 1
output
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_ADC_10_AD<unit number>.c
RPDL function
R_ADC_10_Create
Details
•
•
•
Example
<unit number>: 0 to 1
Setsup the A/D self-diagnostic function.
In this function, the A/D conversion mode is set to the single mode and the conversion
start trigger is set to the software trigger. To re-set the A/D converter, call
R_PG_ADC_10_Set_AD<unit number>.
To start the self-diagnostic, call R_PG_ADC_10_StartSelfDiag_AD<unit number> and
to get the result of self-diagnostic, call R_PG_ADC_10_GetResult_AD<unit number>.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint16_t SelfDiagnostic_0(void)
{
uint16_t result;
R_PG_ADC_10_SetSelfDiag_VREF_0_AD0();
R_PG_ADC_10_StartSelfDiag_AD0();
R_PG_ADC_10_GetResult_AD0 (&result);
return result;
}
uint16_t SelfDiagnostic_0_5(void)
{
uint16_t result;
R_PG_ADC_10_SetSelfDiag_VREF_0_5_AD0();
R_PG_ADC_10_StartSelfDiag_AD0();
R_PG_ADC_10_GetResult_AD0 (&result);
return result;
}
uint16_t SelfDiagnostic_1(void)
{
uint16_t result;
R_PG_ADC_10_SetSelfDiag_VREF_1_AD0();
R_PG_ADC_10_StartSelfDiag_AD0();
R_PG_ADC_10_GetResult_AD0 (&result);
return result;
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 238 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.23.6 R_PG_ADC_10_StartSelfDiag_AD<unit number>
bool R_PG_ADC_10_StartSelfDiag_AD<unit number> (void)
Definition
<unit number>: 0 to 1
Description
Start the A/D conversion (Self-diagnostic function)
Conditions for
The self-diagnostic function is enabled
output
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Triggering the conversion succeeded
false
Triggering the conversion failed
File for output
R_PG_ADC_10_AD<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 to 1
RPDL function
Details
R_ADC_10_Control
•
•
•
Example
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Starts the A/D conversion of the self-diagnostic function.
Call R_PG_ADC_10_SetSelfDiag_VREF_<voltage>_AD<unit number> to set up
self-diagnostic function before calling this function.
To get the result of self-diagnostic, call R_PG_ADC_10_GetResult_AD<unit number>.
Refer to the example of R_PG_ADC_10_SetSelfDiag_VREF_<voltage>_AD<unit number>
Rev.1.04
Page 239 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.23.7 R_PG_ADC_10_StopModule_AD<unit number>
bool R_PG_ADC_10_StopModule_AD<unit number> (void)
Definition
<unit number>: 0 to 1
Description
Shut down the 10-Bit A/D Converter (ADa)
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Shutting down succeeded
false
Shutting down failed
File for output
R_PG_ADC_10_AD<unit number>.c
<unit number>: 0 to 1
RPDL function
Details
Example
R_ADC_10_Destroy
•
Stops an A/D converter and places it in the module-stop state.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
uint16_t data;
//Destination for storage of the result of A/D conversion
void func1(void)
{
R_PG_Clock_Set();
R_PG_ADC_10_Set_AD2();
//The clock-generation circuit has to be set first.
//Set up AD2.
}
void func2(void)
{
//Stop continuous scanning.
R_PG_ADC_10_StopConversion_AD2();
//Acquire the result of A/D conversion.
R_PG_ADC_10_GetResult_AD2(&data)
//Stop the A/D converter.
R_PG_ADC_10_StopModule_AD2();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 240 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.24 D/A Converter
4.24.1 R_PG_DAC_Set_C<channel number>
Definition
bool R_PG_DAC_Set_C<channel number> (void)
Description
Set up a D/A converter channel
Parameter
Return value
None
<channel number>: 0 or 1
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_DAC_C<channel number>.c
RPDL function
R_DAC_10_Create
<channel number>: 0 or 1
•
Sets up a D/A converter channel and enables the analog output.
•
D/A converter shall be released from the module-stop state.
Limitations in
•
Both DA0 and DA1 cannot be used in the same time.
evaluation version
•
GUI and function specification may be changed in the MP version.
Details
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func1(void)
{
//Set up DA0
R_PG_DAC_Set_C0();
}
void func2( uint16_t output_val )
{
//Input data
R_PG_DAC_ControlOutput_C0( output_val );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 241 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.24.2 R_PG_DAC_SetWithInitialValue_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DAC_SetWithInitialValue_C<channel number> (uint16_t data)
Definition
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Description
Set up a D/A converter channel and input the data
Parameter
uint16_t data
The value to be written to the output register
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_DAC_C<channel number>.c
RPDL function
R_DAC_10_Create
Details
<channel number>: 0 or 1
•
Sets up a D/A converter channel and enables the analog output.
•
If another channel has not been used, D/A converter shall be released from the
module-stop state.
Limitations in
•
Both DA0 and DA1 cannot be used in the same time.
evaluation version
•
GUI and function specification may be changed in the MP version.
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func1(uint16_t initial_val)
{
//Set up DA0
R_PG_DAC_SetWithInitialValue_C0( initial_val );
}
void func2( uint16_t output_val )
{
//Write data to the
R_PG_DAC_ControlOutput_C0( output_val );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 242 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.24.3 R_PG_DAC_ControlOutput_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DAC_ControlOutput_C<channel number> (uint16_t data)
Definition
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Description
Input the data
Parameter
uint16_t data
The value to be written to the D/A data register
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly
false
Setting failed
File for output
R_PG_DAC_C<channel number>.c
RPDL function
R_DAC_10_Write
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Details
•
Sets the data to the D/A data register
Limitations in
•
GUI and function specification may be changed in the MP version.
evaluation version
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func1(uint16_t initial_val)
{
//Set up DA0
R_PG_DAC_SetWithInitialValue_C0( initial_val );
}
void func2( uint16_t output_val )
{
//Write data to the
R_PG_DAC_ControlOutput_C0( output_val );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 243 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.24.4 R_PG_DAC_StopOutput_C<channel number>
bool R_PG_DAC_StopOutput_C<channel number> (void)
Definition
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Description
Stop the analog output.
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Stopping succeeded
false
Stopping failed
File for output
R_PG_DAC_C<channel number>.c
RPDL function
R_DAC_10_Destroy
Details
•
<channel number>: 0 or 1
Disables D/A converter channel.
Once both channels are disabled, the module is put into the power-down state.
Limitations in
•
GUI and function specification may be changed in the MP version.
evaluation version
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func1(uint16_t initial_val)
{
//Set up DA0
R_PG_DAC_SetWithInitialValue_C0( initial_val );
}
void func2(void)
{
//Stop the analog output
R_PG_DAC_StopOutput_C0();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 244 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.24.5 R_PG_DAC_Set_C0_C1
Definition
bool R_PG_DAC_Set_C0_C1 (void)
Description
Set up the D/A converter channel (DA0 and DA1)
Conditions for
Both DA0 and DA1 are used.
output
Parameter
None
Return value
true
Setting was made correctly.
false
Setting failed.
File for output
R_PG_DAC.c
RPDL function
R_DAC_10_Create
Details
•
Sets up a D/A converter channel (DA0 and DA1).
•
Releases the D/A converter from the module-stop state.
•
The conversion result of data register’s initial value (=0) after the module-stop state is
released is output from the analog output pin.
•
If the output begins after specifying an initial value, use
R_DAC_SetWithInitialValue_C<channel number>.
Example
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h" to use this function.
#include "R_PG_default.h"
void func1(void)
{
//Setting up DA0 pin and DA1 pin.
R_PG_DAC_Set_C0_C1();
}
void func2( uint16_t output_val_c0, uint16_t output_val_c1 )
{
//Change D/A conversion value
R_PG_DAC_ControlOutput_C0( output_val_c0 );
R_PG_DAC_ControlOutput_C1( output_val_c1 );
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 245 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Specification of Generated Functions
4.25 Notes on Notification Functions
4.25.1 Interrupts and processor mode
The RX CPU has two processor modes; supervisor and user.The driver functions will be executed by the CPU
in user mode.However any notification functions which are called by the interrupt handlers in RPDL will be
executed by the CPU in supervisor mode.This means that the privileged CPU instructions (RTFI, RTE and
WAIT) can be executed by the notification function and any function that is called by the notification function.
The user must:
1. Avoid using the RTFI and RTE instructions.
These instructions are issued by the API interrupt handlers, so there should be no need for the user’s
code to use these instructions.
2. Use the wait() intrinsic function with caution.
This instruction is used by some API functions as part of power management, so there should be no
need for the user’s code to use this instruction.
More information on the processor modes can be found in §1.4 of the RX Family software manual.
4.25.2 Interrupts and DSP instructions
The accumulator (ACC) register is modified by the following instructions:
•
DSP (MACHI, MACLO, MULHI, MULLO, MVTACHI, MVTACLO and RACW).
•
Multiply and multiply-and-accumulate (EMUL, EMULU, FMUL, MUL, and RMPA)
The accumulator (ACC) register is not pushed onto the stack by the interrupt handlers in RPDL.
If DSP instructions are being utilised in the users’ code, notification functions which are called by the interrupt
handlers in RPDL should either
1. Avoid using instructions which modify the ACC register.
2.
Take a copy of the ACC register and restore it before exiting the callback function.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 246 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
5.
Source File Registration and Building Programs in HEW
Registering Files with the IDE(HEW, CubeSuite+ or e2 studio) and Bui
lding Them
Note the following points when registering the files generated by the PDG with the IDE and building them.
(1)
Source files generated by the PDG do not include a startup program. For this reason, you need to create a
startup program by specifying [Application] as the project type during the process of creating a IDE
project.
(2)
Source files registered by the PDG with the IDE include an interrupt handler and vector table. Since the
interrupt handler and vector table must not overlap with those included in the startup program created by
using the IDE, intprg.c and vecttbl.c are excluded from the set of files that are included in the build.
Interrupt_handler.c and vector_table.c are made the target in case of e2studio.
(3)
Source files Interrupt_xxx.c, which includes the interrupt handler that the PDG registers with the IDE, is
overwritten when the PDG generates source files.
(4)
The RPDL library is produced using the default compiler options (except that [Double precision] is
selected for [Precision of double]). If you specify the compiler options other than the defaults in your
project, you have to utilize RPDL source under your responsibility.
(5)
The Renesas Peripheral Driver Library has been built specifying double-precision floating point.
Therefore, to build the user program with PDG-generated files, specify double-precision floating point
option in builder settings of IDE as follows. It's unnecessary at the time of e2 studio use.
CubeSuite+
1. Open the [CC-RX Property] by double-clicking [CC-RX(Build Tool)] in project tree.
2. In the [CPU] category, select [Handles in double precision] for [Precision of the double type and
long double type].
High-performance Embedded Workshop
1. Select [Build]->[RX Standard Toolchain] from main menu to open the [RX Standard Toolchain]
dialog box.
2. Select the [CPU] tab.
3. Click the [Details] button to open the [CPU details] dialog box.
4. Select [Double precision] for [Precision of double].
(6)
The RPDL library use FIXEDVECT section that address is 0xFFFFFFD0. Therefore, to build the user
program with PDG-generated files, specify the linker option in builder setting of IDE as follows. It’s
necessary at the time of e2 studio use.
1. Select the project on Project Explorer.
2. Select [File]->[Properties] from main menu to open the [Properties] window.
3. Select [C/C++ build] ->[Settings]
4. Select [All configurations] for [Configuration]
5. Select [Linker] -> [Section] to show [Section viewer]
6. Set the address of the FIXEDVECT section as 0xFFFFFFD0.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 247 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example of Creating an Application
6. Tutorial
This section introduces the usage of the PDG by giving instructions on how to use the PDG and HEW to create
a tutorial program that implements the following operations on the Renesas Starter Kit+ board for the RX62N.
• An LED blinking on a 8-bit timer (TMR) interrupt
• An LED blinking on the PWM output of the multi-function timer pulse unit 2 (MTU2)
• Continuously scanning on10-Bit A/D converter (ADa)
• Triggering DTC by IRQ
• Data transfer between SCIa channels 2 and 5
The labels given below respectively indicate operations to take place in the PDG and in the HEW.
PDG
: Operations in the PDG
HEW
: Operations in the HEW
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 248 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example of Creating an Application
6.1 An LED blinking on a 8-bit timer (TMR) interrupt
The LED2 on RSK+ board is connected to P05. In this tutorial, 8-bit Timer and I/O port will be set up to blink
this LED as follows.
Note : If there is a switch that enables/disables P05 on the RSK+ board, enable it.
The LED2 turns on when the output from P05 is 0, and turns off when the output is 1.
- Turn on the LED
at compare match A
- Turn off the LED
LED2
at compare match B
- Clear the counter
at compare match B
TMR counter value
Compare match B
(Counter clear)
Compare match B
(Counter clear)
Compare match A
Compare match A
0.5 [s]
(Duty:50%)
1 [s]
t
LED ON
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
LED OFF
LED ON
LED OFF
Page 249 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(1) Making the PDG project
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
1. Start the PDG.
2. Select [File]->[New Project] menu.
3. Specify "rx62n_demo1" as the project name.
Set the CPU type as follows.
Series : RX600
Group : RX62N
Type : R5F562N8BDBG
Note: If another type of chip is mounted on your RSK+ board, select corresponding CPU type.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 250 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(2) Initial state
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
-The clock setting window opens and the error icons are displayed in the initial state.
Clock setting window
Place the mouse pointer on the error icon, then the contents of error is displayed.
There are 3 types of icons in PDG
Error
The setting is not allowed.
The source filese cannot be generated if there is an error setting.
Warning
The setting is possible but may be wrong.
Source files can be generated.
Information
Additional information for the complex setting.
Only icons on the setting window can display the tooltip.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 251 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(3) Clock setting
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
1. It is necessary to set the main (EXTAL) clock frequency first.
External clock frequency of the RSK+ board is 12 MHz. Input “12” into the edit box.
2. PCLK is used in 12MHz.
Select the multiplication "EXTAL x 1" to set the PCLK to 12MHz.
1
2
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 252 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(4) I/O Port setting
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
The LED1 on RSK+ is connected to P05 so set P05 to output port.
1. Select “I/O” tab
2. Select “Port 0”
3. Check “Pn5”
4. Select “Output”
2
3
4
1
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 253 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(5) TMR setting-1
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
In this tutorial, TMR (8-bit timer) Unit0 is used in 16 bit mode (two 8-bit timers cascade connection)
1. Select "TMR" tab
2. Select "Unit0"
3. Select "16 bit timer mode"
4. Check "Use this channel"
2
3
4
1
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 254 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(6) TMR setting-2
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
Set the other items as follows.
-Count source : Internal clock(PCLK/8192)
-Counter clearing source : Compare match B
-Interval : 1000 ms
-Duty cycle : 50%
Compare match values are
automatically calculated
(7) TMR setting-3
PDG
Set the interrupt notification functions.
These functions are called when the interrupt occurs.
-Check compare match A interrupt
Notification function name is
"Tmr0CmAIntFunc"
-Check compare match B interrupt
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 255 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(8) Generating source files
1. To generate source files, click
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
on the tool bar.
2. Save confirmation dialog box is displayed. Click [OK].
3. Click [OK] on the message box.
4. Generated functions are listed in lower pane.
By double clicking the line of function, source file can be opened.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 256 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(9) Preparing the HEW project
Example of Creating an Application
HEW
Start the HEW and make RX62N workspace.
Project type : Application
CPU type : RX62N
Endian : Little
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 257 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example of Creating an Application
Specify the target emulator.
Project is complete
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 258 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example of Creating an Application
(10) Adding the generated source files to the HEW project
1. To add source files to HEW, click
on the tool bar.
PDG
2. Click [OK] on the confirmation dialog box.
3. This is a linkage setting of RPDL library.
When using multiple lib files, linkage order can be set in this dialog box.
4. Source fiels are added to HEW
HEW
Added source files are
put in "AddFromPDG" folder.
Source files are registered via HEW Target Server.
Make sure that the HEW Target Server has been set up before executing
registration.
For details, refer PDG user’s manual.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 259 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(11) Making the program on HEW
Example of Creating an Application
HEW
By changing the part of “main” function, make the following program on HEW.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h"
#include "R_PG_rx62n_demo1.h"
void main(void)
{
//Set up the clock
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up port P05
R_PG_IO_PORT_Set_P0();
//Set up TMR Unit0 and start count
R_PG_Timer_Start_TMR_U0();
while(1);
}
// Compare match A interrupt notification function
void Tmr0CmAIntFunc(void)
{
// Turn on the LED
R_PG_IO_PORT_Write_P05(0);
}
// Compare match B interrupt notification function
void Tmr0CmBIntFunc(void)
{
// Turn off the LED
R_PG_IO_PORT_Write_P05(1);
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 260 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example of Creating an Application
(12) Connecting to the emulator, building the program and executing
HEW
1. Before connecting the emulator, make sure that SW4/Pin3 on RSK+ board is “ON” to set
CPU to little endian.
SW4
1
2
3
4
2. Connect to the emulator
Connect button
3. Just by clicking [Build] button, program can be built because RPDL library and include
directory are automatically registered in build setting.
Build button
Note: When using RX Family C/C++ compiler package V.1.01 or later, the error message
may be output in building the program. For details, refer to section 5.(5).
4. Download the program
5. Execute the program and see the LED on RSK board.
Reset go button
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 261 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example of Creating an Application
6.2 An LED blinking on the PWM output of the multi-function timer pulse unit 2 (MTU2)
The LED3 on RSK+ board is connected to P35. This port can alsp be used as PWM output pin (MTIOC0A) of
the multi-function timer pulse unit 2. In this tutorial, the multi-function timer pulse unit 2 will be set up to
operate in PWM mode 1 and the PWM output will blink the LED3 as follows.
Note : If there is a switch that enables/disables P34(MTIOC0A) on the RSK+ board, enable it.
The LED2 turns on when the output from P34 is 0, and turns off when the output is 1.
LED3
The MTU2 channel 0 (MTU0) will be operated in PWM mode 1. In PWM mode 1, the output signal is
controlled by compare match A and B.
Operation of the timer to be set
- Output 0 at compare match B -> LED turns on
- Output 1 at compare match A -> LED turns off
- Clear the counter at compare match A (Intervals of 0.3 msec)
Counter value
Compare match B
(Counter clear)
Compare match B
(Counter clear)
Compare match A
Compare match A
0.3 Sec
t
MTIOC0A
Output waveform
LED OFF
LED OFF
LED ON
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
LED ON
Page 262 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(1) Making the PDG project
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
Make the new PDG project “rx62n_demo2”. For
details on how to make the new PDG project, refer to
section 6.1 (1), Making the PDG project.
Set the CPU type as follows.
Series : RX600
Group : RX62N
Type : R5F562N8BDBG
Note: If another type of chip is mounted on your
RSK+ board, select corresponding CPU type.
PDG
(2) Clock setting
1. The clock setting window opens and the error icons are displayed in the initial state. For icons such as
and
displayed on window, refer to section 6.1 (2), Initial state.
2. External clock frequency of the RSK+ board is 12 MHz. Input “12” into the edit box.
3. PCLK is used in 12MHz. Select the multiplication "EXTAL x 1" to set the PCLK to 12MHz
1
2
3
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 263 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(3) MTU2 setting-1
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
Opening MTU2 channel 0(MTU0) setting window
1. Select "MTU2" tab.
2. Select " MTU0” on tree view.
3. Check “Use this channel”.
2
3
1
(4) MTU2 setting-2
PDG
Select “PWM mode 1” for the operation mode.
Explanation of selected mode
(5) MTU2 setting-3
PDG
The counter setting is as follows.
1. Select "TGRA register compare match" for a counter clearing source.
2. Select "Internal clock (PCLK/64)” for a count source.
3. Set timer operation period to “300 msec”.
1
2
3
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 264 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(6) MTU2 setting-4
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
General register setting is as follows.
1. The TGRA is selected as a counter clearing source in the counter setting. Then the TGRA value is
calculated from the count source frequency and the timer operating period.
2. Select "Initial output of MTIOCnA is 0, 1 output at compare match” for TGRA output compare
operation.
3. Set TGRB initial value to “50000”.
4. Select "0 output from MTIOCnA at compare match” for TGRB output compare operation.
5. The MTIOCnC output is not used in this tutorial. Select “MTIOCnC pin output is disabled” for TGRD
output compare operation.
1
3
2
4
5
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 265 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(7) MTU2 setting-5
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
The compare match timing and the output waveform are displayed in a diagram.
(8) Generating source files
PDG
1. To generate source files, click
on the tool bar. For details on generating source files, refer to
section 6.1 (8), Generating source files.
(9) Preparing the HEW project
HEW
Start the HEW and make RX62N workspace. For details on making HEW project, refer to section 6.1 (9),
Preparing the HEW project.
(10) Adding the generated source files to the HEW project
To add the generated source files to HEW, click
PDG
on the tool bar. For details on adding the source
files to HEW project, refer to section 6.1 (10), Adding the generated source files to the HEW projec.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 266 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(11) Making the program on HEW
Example of Creating an Application
HEW
By changing the part of “main” function, make the following program on HEW.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h"
#include "R_PG_rx62n_demo2.h"
void main(void)
{
//Set up the clock
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up MTU2 Channel 0
R_PG_Timer_Set_MTU_U0_C0();
//Start the count of MTU2 Channel 0
R_PG_Timer_StartCount_MTU_U0_C0();
while(1);
}
(12) Connecting to the emulator, building the program and executing
HEW
Execute the program and see the LED blinking on RSK+ board. For details on connecting to the emulator,
building the program, and executing the program, refer to section 6.1 (12), connecting to the emulator,
building the program and executing.
Note: When using RX Family C/C++ compiler package V.1.01 or later, the error message
may be output in building the program. For details, refer to section 5.(5).
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 267 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example of Creating an Application
6.3 Continuously scanning on10-Bit A/D converter (ADa)
In RX62N RSK+ board, the potentiometer is connected to AN0 analog input. In this tutorial, the 10-Bit A/D
converter (ADa) will be set up to execute A/D conversion continuously. And the result of A/D conversion will
be monitored on HEW.
Potentiometer
Note : If there is a switch that enables/disables P05 on the RSK+ board, enable it.
(1) Making the PDG project
PDG
Make the new PDG project “rx62n_demo3”. For
details on how to make the new PDG project, refer to
section 6.1 (1), Making the PDG project.
Set the CPU type as follows.
Series : RX600
Group : RX62N
Type : R5F562N8BDBG
Note: If another type of chip is mounted on your
RSK+ board, select corresponding CPU type.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 268 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
(2) Clock setting
1. The clock setting window opens and the error icons are displayed in the initial state. For icons such as
and
displayed on window, refer to section 6.1 (2), Initial state.
2. External clock frequency of the RSK+ board is 12 MHz. Input “12” into the edit box.
3. PCLK is used in 12MHz. Select the multiplication "EXTAL x 1" to set the PCLK to 12MHz
1
2
3
(3) A/D converter setting-1
PDG
Select “ADa” tab and click AD0 on tree view.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 269 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(4) A/D converter setting-2
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
Make the following setting for AD0.
1. Check "Use this unit".
2. Select "Continuous scan mode" for the operation mode.
3. Select "Software trigger" for the conversion start trigger.
4. Select "Internal clock (PCLK/2)" for the conversion clock.
5. Set the sampling state register value to 25.
6. Set A/D conversion end interrupt notification function to "Ad0IntFunc".
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 270 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(5) Checking the pin usage
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
- It is possible to check the usage of pins on the pin function windows
1. After setting up the AD0, select “SYSTEM” tab and click “Pin” on the tree view.
2. On the Pin function window, you can see that No.C5 pin is used as AN0.
- State of pin usage for each peripheral module is displayed in the Peripheral Pin Usage Window
Select Peripheral pin usage sheet and click AD0 to check the usage of AN0 pin.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 271 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(6) Generating source files
To generate source files, click
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
on the tool bar. For details on generating source files, refer to section
6.1 (8), Generating source files.
(7) Preparing the HEW project
HEW
Start the HEW and make RX62N workspace. For details on making HEW project, refer to section 6.1 (9),
Preparing the HEW project.
(8) Adding the generated source files to the HEW project
To add the generated source files to HEW, click
PDG
on the tool bar. For details on adding the source
files to HEW project, refer to section 6.1 (10), Adding the generated source files to the HEW projec.
(9) Making the program on HEW
HEW
By changing the part of “main” function, make the following program on HEW.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h"
#include "R_PG_rx62n_demo3.h"
void main(void)
{
//Set up the clock
R_PG_Clock_Set();
//Set up AD0
R_PG_ADC_10_Set_AD0();
//Start A/D conversion
R_PG_ADC_10_StartConversionSW_AD0();
while(1);
}
// Variable to store the result
uint16_t result;
// AD0 conversion end interrupt notification function
void Ad0IntFunc(void)
{
// Get the result of conversion
R_PG_ADC_10_GetResult_AD0(&result);
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 272 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(10) Connecting to the emulator, building the program and downloading
Example of Creating an Application
HEW
Buid the program and download it. For details on connecting to the emulator, building the program, and
downloading refer to section 6.1 (12), connecting to the emulator, building the program and executing.
Note: When using RX Family C/C++ compiler package V.1.01 or later, the error message
may be output in building the program. For details, refer to section 5.(5).
(11) Adding the variable of A/D conversion result to the watch window
HEW
Open the Watch window and add the variable "result". Set "result" to the real time update to monitor the
variable change during execution.
(12) Executing the program and monitoring the A/D conversion result
HEW
Start the execution and screw the potentiometer to change the analog input voltage. The value of “result”
on the watch window will change.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 273 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example of Creating an Application
6.4 Triggering DTC by IRQ
In RX62N RSK+ board, switch 1 (SW1) is connected to IRQ8. In this tutorial, the data transfer controller
(DTCa) and IRQ8 will be set up and DTC transfer triggered by IRQ8 will be performed.
SW1
Note : If there is a switch that enables/disables IRQ8 on the RSK+ board, enable it.
(1) Making the PDG project
PDG
Make the new PDG project “rx62n_demo4”. For
details on how to make the new PDG project, refer to
section 6.1 (1), Making the PDG project.
Set the CPU type as follows.
Series : RX600
Group : RX62N
Type : R5F562N8BDBG
Note: If another type of chip is mounted on your
RSK+ board, select corresponding CPU type.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 274 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
(2) Clock setting
1. The clock setting window opens and the error icons are displayed in the initial state. For icons such as
and
displayed on window, refer to section 6.1 (2), Initial state.
2. External clock frequency of the RSK+ board is 12 MHz. Input “12” into the edit box.
1
2
(3) DTC setting-1
PDG
1. Select “DTCa” tab to open the DTC setting window.
2. Check "Use data transfer controller".
3. The DTC vector table will be allocated from 15000. Input “15” into the edit box.
2
3
1
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 275 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(4) DTC setting-2
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
1. Click [Add transfer data] to add the transfer data.
2. Select “IRQ8 (external pin interrupt)” for the trigger source.
3. Set the transfer data start address to “16000”.
4. Select “Normal transfer mode” for the transfer mode.
5. Set the transfer unit size to “1”.
6. Set transfer count to “10”.
7. Set the transfer source start address to “17000”.
8. Select “Increment” for thetransfer source address mode.
9. Set the transfer destination start address to “17100”.
10. Select “Increment” for thetransfer destination address mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 276 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(5) IRQ setting
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
1. Select “ICUa” tab to open the DTC setting window.
2. Click “Interrupt” on the tree view.
3. Check "Use IRRQ8".
4. Select “Falling edge” fro te detection method of IRQ8.
5. Select “CPU (After activating DTC and data transfer completion)”
6. CPU interrupt will not be used then set the CPU interrupt priority level to “0”.
3
2
4
5
6
1
(6) Generating source files
To generate source files, click
PDG
on the tool bar. For details on generating source files, refer to section
6.1 (8), Generating source files.
(7) Preparing the HEW project
HEW
Start the HEW and make RX62N workspace. For details on making HEW project, refer to section 6.1 (9),
Preparing the HEW project.
(8) Adding the generated source files to the HEW project
To add the generated source files to HEW, click
PDG
on the tool bar. For details on adding the source
files to HEW project, refer to section 6.1 (10), Adding the generated source files to the HEW projec.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 277 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(9) Making the program on HEW
Example of Creating an Application
HEW
By changing the part of “main” function, make the following program on HEW.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h"
#include "R_PG_rx62n_demo4.h"
//DTC vector table
#pragma address dtc_vector_table = 0x00015000
uint32_t dtc_vector_table [256];
//DTC transfer data storage area (IRQ8)
#pragma address dtc_transfer_data_IRQ0 = 0x00016000
uint32_t dtc_transfer_data_IRQ0 [2];
//Transfer source
#pragma address dtc_src_data = 0x00017000
uint8_t dtc_src_data [10] = "ABCDEFGHIJ";
//Transfer destination
#pragma address dtc_dest_data = 0x00017100
uint8_t dtc_dest_data [10];
void main(void)
{
//initialize transfer destination
int i;
for(i=0; i<10; i++ ){
dtc_dest_data[i] = 0;
}
// Set up the clock
R_PG_Clock_Set();
// Set up the DTC (e.g. vector table address)
R_PG_DTC_Set();
// Set up the DTC (transfer data of IRQ8)
R_PG_DTC_Set_IRQ8();
// Set up IRQ8
R_PG_ExtInterrupt_Set_IRQ8();
// Make the DTC be ready to the trigger
R_PG_DTC_Activate();
while(1);
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 278 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example of Creating an Application
(10) Connecting to the emulator, building the program and downloading
HEW
Buid the program and download it. For details on connecting to the emulator, building the program, and
downloading refer to section 6.1 (12), connecting to the emulator, building the program and executing.
Note: When using RX Family C/C++ compiler package V.1.01 or later, the error message
may be output in building the program. For details, refer to section 5.(5).
(11) Adding the variable of the transfer destination
HEW
Open the Watch window and add the variable "dtc_dest_data". Expand the array and set it to the real time
update to monitor the variable change during execution.
(12) Executing the program and monitoring the result of the transfer
HEW
Start the execution and push the SW1. The value of “dtc_dest_data” on the watch window will change.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 279 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example of Creating an Application
6.5 Data transfer between SCIa channels 2 and 5
In this tutorial, SCIa channel 2 and 5 will be set up to transfer data in asynchronous mode. Connect the
transmission pin of channel 2 (TxD2-A) and the reception pin of channel 5 (Rxd5) on the RSK+ board as
follows.
JA6
TxD2-A
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
2
1
1
JA3
39 41 43 45 47 49
RxD5
Note : If there are switches that enables/disables TxD2-A and RxD5 on the RSK+ board, enable it.
(1) Making the PDG project
PDG
Make the new PDG project “rx62n_demo5”. For
details on how to make the new PDG project, refer to
section 6.1 (1), Making the PDG project.
Set the CPU type as follows.
Series : RX600
Group : RX62N
Type : R5F562N8BDBG
Note: If another type of chip is mounted on your
RSK+ board, select corresponding CPU type.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 280 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
(2) Clock setting
1. The clock setting window opens and the error icons are displayed in the initial state. For icons such as
and
displayed on window, refer to section 6.1 (2), Initial state.
2. External clock frequency of the RSK+ board is 12 MHz. Input “12” into the edit box.
1
2
(3) SCIa setting
PDG
Select “SCIa” tab to open the SCIa setting window.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 281 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(4) SCI2 (transmitter) setting
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
Make the setting for SCI2 as follows.
1. Select SCI2 on the tree view.
1
2. Check “Use this channel”.
3. Select “Asynchronous mode”.
4. Select “Transmission” for the function.
5. Leave the data format settings at the default.
2
3
4
6. Set the bit rate to 9,600 bps.
6
7. Select “Notify the transmission completion of all data by function call” for the data transmission method.
7
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 282 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(5) SCI5 (receptor) setting
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
Make the setting for SCI5 as follows.
1. Select SCI5 on the tree view.
1
2. Check “Use this channel”.
3. Select “Asynchronous mode”.
4. Select “Reception” for the function.
5. Leave the data format settings at the default.
2
3
4
6. Set the bit rate to 9,600 bps.
6
7. Select “Notify the reception completion of all data by function call” for the data reception method.
7
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 283 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(6) Pin setting
Example of Creating an Application
PDG
The TxD2 can be assigned to TxD2-A (P13) or TxD2-B (P50). Select the pin function assignment as
follows.
1. Select “SYSTEM” tab.
2. Select “Pin” on tree view.
3. Select “Peripheral pin usage” tab.
4. Select “SCI2” from the peripheral module list.
5. When the mouse pointer is placed on “Assignment” column of TxD2 line, a dropdown button is
displayed. Select “P13/TMO3/SDA0/TxD2/IRQ3/ADTRG1#” from the dropdown list.
2
5
4
1
3
(7) Generating source files
To generate source files, click
PDG
on the tool bar. For details on generating source files, refer to section
6.1 (8), Generating source files.
(8) Preparing the HEW project
HEW
Start the HEW and make RX62N workspace. For details on making HEW project, refer to section 6.1 (9),
Preparing the HEW project.
(9) Adding the generated source files to the HEW project
To add the generated source files to HEW, click
PDG
on the tool bar. For details on adding the source
files to HEW project, refer to section 6.1 (10), Adding the generated source files to the HEW projec.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 284 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
(10) Making the program on HEW
Example of Creating an Application
HEW
By changing the part of “main” function, make the following program on HEW.
//Include "R_PG_<PDG project name>.h"
#include "R_PG_rx62n_demo5.h"
//SCI2 transmission data
uint8_t tr_data[10] = "ABCDEFGHIJ";
//SCI5 reception data storage area
uint8_t re_data[10] = "----------";
void main(void)
{
// Set up the clock
R_PG_Clock_Set();
// Set up the SCI2
R_PG_SCI_Set_C2();
// Set up the SCI5
R_PG_SCI_Set_C5();
// Start SCI5 reception (number of data : 10)
R_PG_SCI_StartReceiving_C5( re_data, 10 );
// Start SCI2 transmission (number of data : 10)
R_PG_SCI_StartSending_C2( tr_data, 10 );
while(1);
}
//SCI2 transmission end notification function
void Sci2TrFunc(void)
{
//Stop SCI2 communication
R_PG_SCI_StopCommunication_C2();
}
//SCI5 reception end notification function
void Sci5ReFunc(void)
{
//Stop SCI5 communication
R_PG_SCI_StopCommunication_C5();
}
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 285 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Example of Creating an Application
(11) Connecting to the emulator, building the program and downloading
HEW
Buid the program and download it. For details on connecting to the emulator, building the program, and
downloading refer to section 6.1 (12), connecting to the emulator, building the program and executing.
Note: When using RX Family C/C++ compiler package V.1.01 or later, the error message
may be output in building the program. For details, refer to section 5.(5).
(12) Adding the variable of the reception data
HEW
Open the Watch window and add the variable "re_data". Expand the array and set it to the real time update
to monitor the variable change during execution.
(13) Executing the program and monitoring the result of the transfer
HEW
Start the execution and check the value of “dtc_dest_data” on the watch window.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 286 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Appendix
Appendix 1. Pin Functions for which the Allocation Can be Changed
Table a-1.1
176-pin LFBGA
(the Upper Row of Each Pair is the Default Selection)
Peripheral
module
Pin
function
Selection of assignment
ICU
(External
IRQ0
P30/USB1_DRPD/MTIOC4B/TMRI3/PO8/MISOB/RxD1/IRQ0
P10/USB1_DPUPE/MTIC5W/TMRI3/IRQ0
L4
N7
Interrupts)
IRQ1
P31/USB1_DPRPD/MTIOC4D/TMCI2/PO9/SSLB0/IRQ1
P11/USB1_VBUSEN/MTIC5V/TMCI3/SCK2/IRQ1
K2
M5
IRQ2
P32/MTIOC0C/PO10/RTCOUT/CTX0/TxD6/IRQ2
P12/MTIC5U/TMCI1/SCL0/RxD2/IRQ2
J2
R3
IRQ3
P33/MTIOC0D/PO11/CRX0/RxD6/IRQ3
P13/TMO3/SDA0/TxD2/IRQ3/ADTRG1#
K1
P5
IRQ4
P34/MTIOC0A/TMCI3/PO12/SCK6/IRQ4
P14/USB0_OVRCURA/USB0_DPUPE/TMRI2/IRQ4
J4
P4
IRQ5
IRQ6
PE5/D13/RSPCKB/IRQ5
P15/USB1_OVRCURA/USB1_DPUPE/MTIOC0B/TMCI2/PO13/
SCK3/IRQ5
PE6/D14/MOSIB/IRQ6
IRQ7
P16/USB0_VBUS/USB0_OVRCURB/USB0_VBUSEN/MTIOC3C/
TMO2/PO14/RxD3/IRQ6
PE7/D15/MISOB/IRQ7
Addres
Bus
Pin
No.
C14
N5
C15
P3
D14
P17/USB1_VBUS/USB1_OVRCURB/USB1_VBUSEN/MTIOC3A/
PO15/TxD3/IRQ7
N4
IRQ8
P00/TMRI0/TxD6/IRQ8
P40/IRQ8/AN0
C1
C5
IRQ9
P01/TMCI0/RxD6/IRQ9
P41/IRQ9/AN1
D2
D4
IRQ10
P02/TMCI1/SCK6/IRQ10
P42/IRQ10/AN2
B1
A3
IRQ11
P03/IRQ11/DA0
P43/IRQ11/AN3
C2
D5
IRQ13
P05/IRQ13/DA1
P45/IRQ13/AN5
C3
A4
IRQ15
P07/IRQ15/ADTRG0#
P47/IRQ15/AN7
C4
B5
A16
*1
PC0/A16/ET_ERXD3/MTCLKG/SSLA1
P90/D16/A16
M12
A6
*1
PC1/A17/ET_RXD2/MTCLKH/SSLA2/SCK5
P91/D17/A17
P14
B6
*1
PC2/A18/ET_RX_DV/MTCLKE/SSLA3/RxD5
P92/D18/A18
N12
C7
*1
PC3/A19/ET_TX_ER/MTCLKF/TxD5
P93/D19/A19
N11
D7
*1
PC4/A20/CS3#/ET_TX_CLK/MTCLKC/SSLA0
P94/D20/A20
P12
C8
*1
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/ET_ETXD2/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA
P95/D21/A21
N10
D8
*1
PC6/A22/CS1#/ET_ETXD3/MTIC11V/MTCLKA/MOSIA
P96/D22/A22
M10
B8
*1
PC7/A23/CS0#/ET_COL/MTIC11U/MTCLKB/MISOA
P97/D23/A23
R12
B9
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 287 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Bus control
CS0#
P60/CS0#
PC7/A23/CS0#/ET_COL/MTIC11U/MTCLKB/MISOA
B11
R12
CS1#
P61/CS1#/SDCS#
P71/CS1#/ET_MDIO
A13
K13
PC6/A22/CS1#/ET_ETXD3/MTIC11V/MTCLKA/MOSIA
P62/CS2#/RAS#
M10
B12
P72/CS2#/ET_MDC
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/ET_ETXD2/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA
K14
N10
P63/CS3#/CAS#
P73/CS3#/ET_WOL
A14
N14
CS4#
PC4/A20/CS3#/ET_TX_CLK/MTCLKC/SSLA0
P64/CS4#/WE#
P12
B13
N13
CS5#
P74/CS4#/ET_ERXD1/RMII_RXD1
P24/CS4#/EDREQ1/USB0_VBUSEN/MTIOC4A/MTCLKA/TMRI1/
PO4/SCK3
P65/CS5#/CKE
P75/CS5#/ET_ERXD0/RMII_RXD0
P25/CS5#/EDACK1/USB0_DPRPD/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/PO5/
RxD3/ADTRG0#
R15
P66/CS6#/DQM0
P76/CS6#/ET_RX_CLK/REF50CK
E14
P13
P26/CS6#/USB1_ID/MTIOC2A/TMO1/PO6/MOSIB/TxD1
P67/CS7#/DQM1
N1
E15
P77/CS7#/ET_RX_ER/RMII_RX_ER
P27/CS7#/USB1_EXICEN/MTIOC2B/PO7/RSPCKB/SCK1
R14
L2
P57/WAIT#/WR3#/BC3#/EDREQ1
P55/WAIT#/EDREQ0/ET_EXOUT/MTIOC4D
N6
M6
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/ET_ETXD2/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA
P51/WR1#/BC1#/WAIT#/SSLB2/SCK2
N10
M8
P24/CS4#/EDREQ1/USB0_VBUSEN/MTIOC4A/MTCLKA/TMRI1/
PO4/SCK3
P1
CS2#
CS3#
CS6#
CS7#
WAIT#
MTU0-5
MTCLKA
*2
D15
M2
M10
*2
*2
P22/EDREQ0/USB0_DRPD/MTIOC3B/MTCLKC/TMO0/PO2/SCK0
PC4/A20/CS3#/ET_TX_CLK/MTCLKC/SSLA0
M3
P12
*2
P23/EDACK0/USB0_DPUPE/MTIOC3D/MTCLKD/PO3/TxD3
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/ET_ETXD2/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA
N2
N10
*3
PC2/A18/ET_RX_DV/MTCLKE/SSLA3/RxD5
PB4/A12/MTIOC10A/MTCLKE/PO28
N12
L13
*3
PC3/A19/ET_TX_ER/MTCLKF/TxD5
PB5/A13/MTIOC10C/MTCLKF/PO29
N11
N15
MTCLKG
*3
PC0/A16/ET_ERXD3/MTCLKG/SSLA1
PB2/A10/MTIOC9B/MTCLKG/PO26
M12
M15
MTCLKH
PC1/A17/ET_RXD2/MTCLKH/SSLA2/SCK5
PB3/A11/MTIOC9D/MTCLKH/PO27
P14
L14
MTIOC3B
*4
P22/EDREQ0/USB0_DRPD/MTIOC3B/MTCLKC/TMO0/PO2/SCK0
P80/EDREQ0/ET_TX_EN/RMII_TXDN/MTIOC3B
M3
R13
MTIOC3C
P16/USB0_VBUS/USB0_OVRCURB/USB0_VBUSEN/MTIOC3C/
TMO2/PO14/RxD3/IRQ6
P56/WR2#/BC2#/EDACK1/MTIOC3C
MTIOC3D
P23/EDACK0/USB0_DPUPE/MTIOC3D/MTCLKD/PO3/TxD3
MTCLKC
MTCLKD
MTCLKE
MTCLKF
*3
MTU3
P1
PC6/A22/CS1#/ET_ETXD3/MTIC11V/MTCLKA/MOSIA
P25/CS5#/EDACK1/USB0_DPRPD/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/PO5/
RxD3/ADTRG0#
PC7/A23/CS0#/ET_COL/MTIC11U/MTCLKB/MISOA
MTCLKB
MTU6-11
Appendix
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
M2
R12
P3
P7
N2
Page 288 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
MTU4
*4
MTIOC4A
P81/EDACK0/ET_ETXD0/RMII_TXD0/MTIOC3D
P24/CS4#/EDREQ1/USB0_VBUSEN/MTIOC4A/MTCLKA/TMRI1/
PO4/SCK3
P82/EDREQ1/ET_ETXD1/RMII_TXD1/MTIOC4A
M11
MTIOC4B
*6
P30/USB1_DRPD/MTIOC4B/TMRI3/PO8/MISOB/RxD1/IRQ0
P54/EDACK0/ET_LINKSTA/MTIOC4B
L4
M7
MTIOC4C
P25/CS5#/EDACK1/USB0_DPRPD/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/PO5/
RxD3/ADTRG0#
P83/EDACK1/ET_CRS/RMII_CRS_DV/MTIOC4C
R11
MTIOC4D
*6
P31/USB1_DPRPD/MTIOC4D/TMCI2/PO9/SSLB0/IRQ1
P55/WAIT#/EDREQ0/ET_EXOUT/MTIOC4D
K2
M6
MTIC5U
*7
P12/MTIC5U/TMCI1/SCL0/RxD2/IRQ2
PD7/D7/MTIC5U/POE0#
R3
A12
*7
P11/USB1_VBUSEN/MTIC5V/TMCI3/SCK2/IRQ1
PD6/D6/MTIC5V/POE1#
M5
B10
*7
P10/USB1_DPUPE/MTIC5W/TMRI3/IRQ0
PD5/D5/MTIC5W/POE2#
N7
C10
MTIC11U
*8
PC7/A23/CS0#/ET_COL/MTIC11U/MTCLKB/MISOA
PD4/D4/MTIC11U/POE3#
R12
A10
MTIC11V
*8
PC6/A22/CS1#/ET_ETXD3/MTIC11V/MTCLKA/MOSIA
PD3/D3/MTIC11V/POE4#
M10
A9
MTIC11W
*8
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/ET_ETXD2/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA
PD2/D2/MTIC11W/POE5#
N10
A8
TMCI0
*9
P01/TMCI0/RxD6/IRQ9
P21/USB0_EXICEN/MTIOC1B/TMCI0/PO1/SCL1/RxD0
D2
R1
*9
P00/TMRI0/TxD6/IRQ8
P20/USB0_ID/MTIOC1A/TMRI0/PO0/SDA1/TxD0
C1
N3
*5
*5
MTU5
MTIC5V
MTIC5W
MTU11
TMR0
Appendix
TMRI0
P1
P11
M2
TMR1
TMCI1
P02/TMCI1/SCK6/IRQ10
P12/MTIC5U/TMCI1/SCL0/RxD2/IRQ2
B1
R3
TMR2
TMCI2
P15/USB1_OVRCURA/USB1_DPUPE/MTIOC0B/TMCI2/PO13/
SCK3/IRQ5
N5
TMR3
TMCI3
P31/USB1_DPRPD/MTIOC4D/TMCI2/PO9/SSLB0/IRQ1
P11/USB1_VBUSEN/MTIC5V/TMCI3/SCK2/IRQ1
K3
M5
*10
P34/MTIOC0A/TMCI3/PO12/SCK6/IRQ4
P10/USB1_DPUPE/MTIC5W/TMRI3/IRQ0
J4
N7
*10
P30/USB1_DRPD/MTIOC4B/TMRI3/PO8/MISOB/RxD1/IRQ0
P26/CS6#/USB1_ID/MTIOC2A/TMO1/PO6/MOSIB/TxD1
L4
N1
*11
PF0/TxD1/TDO
P30/USB1_DRPD/MTIOC4B/TMRI3/PO8/MISOB/RxD1/IRQ0
K3
L4
*11
PF2/RxD1/TDI
P27/CS7#/USB1_EXICEN/MTIOC2B/PO7/RSPCKB/SCK1
L1
L2
*11
PF1/SCK1/TCK
P13/TMO3/SDA0/TxD2/IRQ3/ADTRG1#
M1
P5
*12
P50/WR0#/WR#/SSLB1/TxD2
P12/MTIC5U/TMCI1/SCL0/RxD2/IRQ2
P10
R3
*12
P52/RD#/SSLB3/RxD2
P11/USB1_VBUSEN/MTIC5V/TMCI3/SCK2/IRQ1
N7
M5
*12
P51/WR1#/BC1#/WAIT#/SSLB2/SCK2
P17/USB1_VBUS/USB1_OVRCURB/USB1_VBUSEN/MTIOC3A/
PO15/TxD3/IRQ7
P23/EDACK0/USB0_DPUPE/MTIOC3D/MTCLKD/PO3/TxD3
M8
TMRI3
SCI1
TxD1
RxD1
SCK1
SCI2
TxD2
RxD2
SCK2
SCI3
TxD3
*13
RxD3
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
P16/USB0_VBUS/USB0_OVRCURB/USB0_VBUSEN/MTIOC3C/
TMO2/PO14/RxD3/IRQ6
N4
N2
P3
Page 289 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
*13
SCK3
*13
SCI6
TxD6
P1
C1
*14
P33/MTIOC0D/PO11/CRX0/RxD6/IRQ3
P02/TMCI1/SCK6/IRQ10
K1
B1
*14
ADTRG0#
P34/MTIOC0A/TMCI3/PO12/SCK6/IRQ4
P07/IRQ15/ADTRG0#
J4
C4
P25/CS5#/EDACK1/USB0_DPRPD/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/PO5/
RxD3/ADTRG0#
M2
EDREQ0
P80/EDREQ0/ET_TX_EN/RMII_TXDN/MTIOC3B
P22/EDREQ0/USB0_DRPD/MTIOC3B/MTCLKC/TMO0/PO2/SCK0
R13
M3
*15
EDACK0
P55/WAIT#/EDREQ0/ET_EXOUT/MTIOC4D
P81/EDACK0/ET_ETXD0/RMII_TXD0/MTIOC3D
M6
M11
P23/EDACK0/USB0_DPUPE/MTIOC3D/MTCLKD/PO3/TxD3
P54/EDACK0/ET_LINKSTA/MTIOC4B
N2
M7
P82/EDREQ1/ET_ETXD1/RMII_TXD1/MTIOC4A
P24/CS4#/EDREQ1/USB0_VBUSEN/MTIOC4A/MTCLKA/TMRI1/
PO4/SCK3
P11
P57/WAIT#/WR3#/BC3#/EDREQ1
P83/EDACK1/ET_CRS/RMII_CRS_DV/MTIOC4C
N6
R11
P25/CS5#/EDACK1/USB0_DPRPD/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/PO5/RxD3/
ADTRG0#
M2
P56/WR2#/BC2#/EDACK1/MTIOC3C
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/ET_ETXD2/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA
P7
N10
*17
PA5/A5/MTIOC7B/PO21/RSPCKA
PC6/A22/CS1#/ET_ETXD3/MTIC11V/MTCLKA/MOSIA
J13
M10
*17
PA6/A6/MTIOC8A/PO22/MOSIA
PC7/A23/CS0#/ET_COL/MTIC11U/MTCLKB/MISOA
J15
R12
*17
PA7/A7/MTIOC8B/PO23/MISOA
PC4/A20/CS3#/ET_TX_CLK/MTCLKC/SSLA0
J14
P12
*17
PA4/A4/MTIOC7A/PO20/SSLA0
PC0/A16/ET_ERXD3/MTCLKG/SSLA1
H14
M12
*17
PA0/A0/BC0#/DQM2/MTIOC6A/PO16/SSLA1
PC1/A17/ET_RXD2/MTCLKH/SSLA2/SCK5
F14
P14
*17
SSLA3
PA1/A1/DQM3/MTIOC6B/PO17/SSLA2
PC2/A18/ET_RX_DV/MTCLKE/SSLA3/RxD5
G15
N12
*17
RSPCKB
PA2/A2/MTIOC6C/PO18/SSLA3
P27/CS7#/USB1_EXICEN/MTIOC2B/PO7/RSPCKB/SCK1
H13
L2
*18
PE5/D13/RSPCKB/IRQ5
P26/CS6#/USB1_ID/MTIOC2A/TMO1/PO6/MOSIB/TxD1
C14
N1
*18
PE6/D14/MOSIB/IRQ6
P30/USB1_DRPD/MTIOC4B/TMRI3/PO8/MISOB/RxD1/IRQ0
C15
L4
*18
PE7/D15/MISOB/IRQ7
P31/USB1_DPRPD/MTIOC4D/TMCI2/PO9/SSLB0/IRQ1
D14
K2
*18
PE4/D12/SSLB0
P50/WR0#/WR#/SSLB1/TxD2
D13
P10
*18
PE0/D8/SSLB1
C12
EDREQ1
*16
RSPCKA
MOSIA
MISOA
SSLA0
SSLA1
SSLA2
RSPI1
N5
SCK6
*16
EDACK1
RSPI0
P15/USB1_OVRCURA/USB1_DPUPE/MTIOC0B/TMCI2/PO13/
SCK3/IRQ5
P24/CS4#/EDREQ1/USB0_VBUSEN/MTIOC4A/MTCLKA/TMRI1/
PO4/SCK3
P00/TMRI0/TxD6/IRQ8
J2
D2
*15
EXDMAC1
M2
P32/MTIOC0C/PO10/RTCOUT/CTX0/TxD6/IRQ2
P01/TMCI0/RxD6/IRQ9
S12AD0
EXDMAC0
P25/CS5#/EDACK1/USB0_DPRPD/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/PO5/
RxD3/ADTRG0#
*14
RxD6
AD0,
Appendix
MOSIB
MISOB
SSLB0
SSLB1
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
P1
Page 290 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
SSLB2
Appendix
*18
P51/WR1#/BC1#/WAIT#/SSLB2/SCK2
PE1/D9/SSLB2
M8
A15
*18
P52/RD#/SSLB3/RxD2
PE2/D10/POE9#/SSLB3
N8
B14
SSLB3
*1 to 18 The settings are linked together
Table a-1.2
145-pin TFLGA
(the Upper Row of Each Pair is the Default Selection)
Peripheral
module
Pin
function
Selection of assignment
ICU
IRQ2
P32/MTIOC0C/PO10/RTCOUT/CTX0/TxD6/IRQ2
J4
(External
Interrupts)
IRQ3
P12/TMCI1/SCL0/RxD2/IRQ2
P33/MTIOC0D/PO11/CRX0/RxD6/IRQ3
L4
J1
IRQ4
P13/TMO3/SDA0/TxD2/IRQ3/ADTRG1#
P34/MTIOC0A/TMCI3/PO12/SCK6/IRQ4/TRST#
N4
H2
IRQ5
P14/USB0_OVRCURA/USB0_DPUPE/TMRI2/IRQ4
PE5/D13/RSPCKB/IRQ5
M5
C11
IRQ6
P15/MTIOC0B/TMCI2/PO13/SCK3/IRQ5
PE6/D14/MOSIB/IRQ6
M4
D13
IRQ7
P16/USB0_VBUS/USB0_OVRCURB/USB0_VBUSEN/MTIOC3C/
TMO2/PO14/RxD3/IRQ6
PE7/D15/MISOB/IRQ7
IRQ8
P17/MTIOC3A/PO15/TxD3/IRQ7
P00/TMRI0/TxD6/IRQ8
L3
E3
IRQ9
P40/IRQ8/AN0
P01/TMCI0/RxD6/IRQ9
B4
C1
IRQ10
P41/IRQ9/AN1
P02/TMCI1/SCK6/IRQ10
C4
D3
IRQ11
P42/IRQ10/AN2
P03/IRQ11/DA0
A4
B1
IRQ13
P43/IRQ11/AN3
P05/IRQ13/DA1
D4
C2
IRQ15
P45/IRQ13/AN5
P07/IRQ15/ADTRG0#
B5
B2
A16
P47/IRQ15/AN7
PC0/A16/ET_ERXD3/MTCLKG/SSLA1
A6
K12
*1
P90/A16
PC1/A17/ET_ERXD2/MTCLKH/SSLA2/SCK5
B6
M12
*1
P91/A17
PC2/A18/ET_RX_DV/MTCLKE/SSLA3/RxD5
A7
M11
*1
P92/A18
PC3/A19/ET_TX_ER/MTCLKF/TxD5
C6
K9
*1
CS0#
P93/A19
P60/CS0#
D7
A11
CS1#
PC7/A23/CS0#/ET_COL/MTIC11U/MTCLKB/MISOA
P61/CS1#/SDCS#
K7
C9
P71/CS1#/ET_MDIO
PC6/A22/CS1#/ET_ETXD3/MTIC11V/MTCLKA/MOSIA
H11
M9
P62/CS2#/RAS#
P72/CS2#/ET_MDC
A12
J13
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/ET_ETXD2/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA
P63/CS3#/CAS#
N10
C10
P73/CS3#/ET_WOL
K11
Addres
Bus
A17
A18
A19
Bus control
CS2#
CS3#
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Pin
No.
N2
D12
Page 291 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
CS4#
PC4/A20/CS3#/ET_TX_CLK/MTCLKC/SSLA0
P64/CS4#/WE#
N11
A13
N13
CS5#
P74/CS4#/ET_ERXD1/RMII_RXD1
P24/CS4#/EDREQ1/USB0_VBUSEN/MTIOC4A/MTCLKA/TMRI1/
PO4/SCK3
P65/CS5#/CKE
P75/CS5#/ET_ERXD0/RMII_RXD0
P25/CS5#/EDACK1/USB0_DPRPD/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/PO5/
RxD3/ADTRG0#
L11
P66/CS6#/DQM0
P76/CS6#/ET_RX_CLK/REF50CK
E13
N12
P26/CS6#/MTIOC2A/TMO1/PO6/MOSIB/TxD1/TDO
P67/CS7#/DQM1
K4
E11
P77/CS7#/ET_RX_ER/RMII_RX_ER
P27/CS7#/MTIOC2B/PO7/RSPCKB/SCK1/TCK
L10
J2
P55/WAIT#/EDREQ0/ET_EXOUT/MTIOC4D/TRDATA3
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/ET_ETXD2/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA
M7
N10
P51/WR1#/BC1#/WAIT#/SSLB2/SCK2
P24/CS4#/EDREQ1/USB0_VBUSEN/MTIOC4A/MTCLKA/TMRI1/
PO4/SCK3
PC6/A22/CS1#/ET_ETXD3/MTIC11V/MTCLKA/MOSIA
N8
CS6#
CS7#
WAIT#
MTU0-5
MTCLKA
*2
L1
K2
M9
*2
PC7/A23/CS0#/ET_COL/MTIC11U/MTCLKB/MISOA
P22/EDREQ0/USB0_DRPD/MTIOC3B/MTCLKC/TMO0/PO2/SCK0
K7
L2
*2
PC4/A20/CS3#/ET_TX_CLK/MTCLKC/SSLA0
P23/EDACK0/USB0_DPUPE/MTIOC3D/MTCLKD/PO3/TxD3
N11
M1
*2
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/ET_ETXD2/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA
PC2/A18/ET_RX_DV/MTCLKE/SSLA3/RxD5
N10
M11
*3
MTCLKF
PB4/A12/MTIOC10A/MTCLKE/PO28
PC3/A19/ET_TX_ER/MTCLKF/TxD5
J11
K9
*3
MTCLKG
PB5/A13/MTIOC10C/MTCLKF/PO29
PC0/A16/ET_ERXD3/MTCLKG/SSLA1
J12
K12
MTCLKH
PB2/A10/MTIOC9B/MTCLKG/PO26
PC1/A17/ET_ERXD2/MTCLKH/SSLA2/SCK5
J10
M12
*3
MTIOC3B
PB3/A11/MTIOC9D/MTCLKH/PO27
P22/EDREQ0/USB0_DRPD/MTIOC3B/MTCLKC/TMO0/PO2/SCK0
K13
L2
P80/EDREQ0/ET_TX_EN/RMII_TXD_EN/MTIOC3B/TRDATA0
P16/USB0_VBUS/USB0_OVRCURB/USB0_VBUSEN/MTIOC3C/
TMO2/PO14/RxD3/IRQ6
M10
P56/EDACK1/MTIOC3C
P23/EDACK0/USB0_DPUPE/MTIOC3D/MTCLKD/PO3/TxD3
L6
M1
P81/EDACK0/ET_ETXD0/RMII_TXD0/MTIOC3D/TRDATA1
P24/CS4#/EDREQ1/USB0_VBUSEN/MTIOC4A/MTCLKA/TMRI1/
PO4/SCK3
P82/EDREQ1/ET_ETXD1/RMII_TXD1/MTIOC4A/TRSYNC
L9
K2
MTIOC4B
*6
P30/MTIOC4B/TMRI3/PO8/RxD1/MISOB/IRQ0/TDI
P54/EDACK0/ET_LINKSTA/MTIOC4B/TRDATA2
K1
N7
MTIOC4C
P25/CS5#/EDACK1/USB0_DPRPD/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/PO5/
RxD3/ADTRG0#
L1
*5
MTIOC4D
P83/EDACK1/ET_CRS/RMII_CRS_DV/MTIOC4C/TRCLK
P31/MTIOC4D/TMCI2/PO9/SSLB0/IRQ1/TMS
L8
K3
P55/WAIT#/EDREQ0/ET_EXOUT/MTIOC4D/TRDATA3
M7
MTCLKD
MTCLKE
*3
*4
MTIOC3C
MTIOC3D
*4
MTU4
E10
L1
MTCLKC
MTU3
K2
P25/CS5#/EDACK1/USB0_DPRPD/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/PO5/
RxD3/ADTRG0#
MTCLKB
MTU6-11
Appendix
MTIOC4A
*5
*6
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
N2
K8
Page 292 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
MTU11
TMR0
Appendix
MTIC11U
*7
PC7/A23/CS0#/ET_COL/MTIC11U/MTCLKB/MISOA
PD4/D4/MTIC11U/POE3#
K7
D8
MTIC11V
*7
PC6/A22/CS1#/ET_ETXD3/MTIC11V/MTCLKA/MOSIA
PD3/D3/MTIC11V/POE4#
M9
A9
MTIC11W
*7
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/ET_ETXD2/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA
PD2/D2/MTIC11W/POE5#
N10
C7
TMCI0
*8
P01/TMCI0/RxD6/IRQ9
P21/USB0_EXICEN/MTIOC1B/TMCI0/PO1/SCL1/RxD0
C1
N1
*8
P00/TMRI0/TxD6/IRQ8
P20/USB0_ID/MTIOC1A/TMRI0/PO0/SDA1/TxD0
E3
M2
TMRI0
TMR1
TMCI1
P02/TMCI1/SCK6/IRQ10
P12/TMCI1/SCL0/RxD2/IRQ2
D3
L4
TMR2
TMCI2
P15/MTIOC0B/TMCI2/PO13/SCK3/IRQ5
P31/MTIOC4D/TMCI2/PO9/SSLB0/IRQ1/TMS
M4
K3
SCI2
TxD2
*9
P13/TMO3/SDA0/TxD2/IRQ3/ADTRG1#
P50/WR0#/WR#/SSLB1/TxD2
N4
M8
*9
P12/TMCI1/SCL0/RxD2/IRQ2
P52/RD#/SSLB3/RxD2
L4
L7
P17/MTIOC3A/PO15/TxD3/IRQ7
P23/EDACK0/USB0_DPUPE/MTIOC3D/MTCLKD/PO3/TxD3
L3
M1
P16/USB0_VBUS/USB0_OVRCURB/USB0_VBUSEN/MTIOC3C/
TMO2/PO14/RxD3/IRQ6
N2
RxD2
SCI3
TxD3
*10
RxD3
*10
SCK3
*11
P00/TMRI0/TxD6/IRQ8
P32/MTIOC0C/PO10/RTCOUT/CTX0/TxD6/IRQ2
E3
J4
*11
P01/TMCI0/RxD6/IRQ9
P33/MTIOC0D/PO11/CRX0/RxD6/IRQ3
C1
J1
*11
P02/TMCI1/SCK6/IRQ10
P34/MTIOC0A/TMCI3/PO12/SCK6/IRQ4/TRST#
D3
H2
P07/IRQ15/ADTRG0#
P25/CS5#/EDACK1/USB0_DPRPD/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/PO5/
RxD3/ADTRG0#
P80/EDREQ0/ET_TX_EN/RMII_TXD_EN/MTIOC3B/TRDATA0
B2
M10
P22/EDREQ0/USB0_DRPD/MTIOC3B/MTCLKC/TMO0/PO2/SCK0
P55/WAIT#/EDREQ0/ET_EXOUT/MTIOC4D/TRDATA3
L2
M7
EDACK0
P81/EDACK0/ET_ETXD0/RMII_TXD0/MTIOC3D/TRDATA1
P23/EDACK0/USB0_DPUPE/MTIOC3D/MTCLKD/PO3/TxD3
L9
M1
*12
EDREQ1
P54/EDACK0/ET_LINKSTA/MTIOC4B/TRDATA2
P82/EDREQ1/ET_ETXD1/RMII_TXD1/MTIOC4A/TRSYNC
N7
K8
TxD6
SCK6
AD0,
S12AD0
ADTRG0#
EXDMAC0
EDREQ0
*12
*13
EDACK1
P24/CS4#/EDREQ1/USB0_VBUSEN/MTIOC4A/MTCLKA/TMRI1/
PO4/SCK3
P24/CS4#/EDREQ1/USB0_VBUSEN/MTIOC4A/MTCLKA/TMRI1/
PO4/SCK3
P83/EDACK1/ET_CRS/RMII_CRS_DV/MTIOC4C/TRCLK
P25/CS5#/EDACK1/USB0_DPRPD/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/PO5/
RxD3/ADTRG0#
RSPI0
M4
K2
RxD6
EXDMAC1
L1
P24/CS4#/EDREQ1/USB0_VBUSEN/MTIOC4A/MTCLKA/TMRI1/
PO4/SCK3
*10
SCI6
P25/CS5#/EDACK1/USB0_DPRPD/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/PO5/
RxD3/ADTRG0#
P15/MTIOC0B/TMCI2/PO13/SCK3/IRQ5
*13
RSPCKA
*14
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
L1
K2
K2
L8
L1
P56/EDACK1/MTIOC3C
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/ET_ETXD2/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA
L6
N10
PA5/A5/MTIOC7B/PO21/RSPCKA
G11
Page 293 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
MOSIA
*14
PC6/A22/CS1#/ET_ETXD3/MTIC11V/MTCLKA/MOSIA
PA6/A6/MTIOC8A/PO22/MOSIA
M9
G12
*14
PC7/A23/CS0#/ET_COL/MTIC11U/MTCLKB/MISOA
PA7/A7/MTIOC8B/PO23/MISOA
K7
H13
*14
PC4/A20/CS3#/ET_TX_CLK/MTCLKC/SSLA0
PA4/A4/MTIOC7A/PO20/SSLA0
N11
G13
*14
PC0/A16/ET_ERXD3/MTCLKG/SSLA1
PA0/A0/BC0#/MTIOC6A/PO16/SSLA1
K12
E12
*14
PC1/A17/ET_ERXD2/MTCLKH/SSLA2/SCK5
PA1/A1/MTIOC6B/PO17/SSLA2
M12
F10
*14
PC2/A18/ET_RX_DV/MTCLKE/SSLA3/RxD5
PA2/A2/MTIOC6C/PO18/SSLA3
M11
F13
RSPCKB
*15
P27/CS7#/MTIOC2B/PO7/RSPCKB/SCK1/TCK
PE5/D13/RSPCKB/IRQ5
J2
C11
MOSIB
*15
P26/CS6#/MTIOC2A/TMO1/PO6/MOSIB/TxD1/TDO
PE6/D14/MOSIB/IRQ6
K4
D13
*15
P30/MTIOC4B/TMRI3/PO8/RxD1/MISOB/IRQ0/TDI
PE7/D15/MISOB/IRQ7
K1
D12
*15
P31/MTIOC4D/TMCI2/PO9/SSLB0/IRQ1/TMS
PE4/D12/SSLB0
K3
B13
*15
P50/WR0#/WR#/SSLB1/TxD2
PE0/D8/SSLB1
M8
B10
*15
P51/WR1#/BC1#/WAIT#/SSLB2/SCK2
PE1/D9/SSLB2
N8
B12
*15
P52/RD#/SSLB3/RxD2
PE2/D10/POE9#/SSLB3
L7
B11
MISOA
SSLA0
SSLA1
SSLA2
SSLA3
RSPI1
Appendix
MISOB
SSLB0
SSLB1
SSLB2
SSLB3
*1 to 15 The settings are linked together
Table a-1.2
144-pin LQFP
(the Upper Row of Each Pair is the Default Selection)
Peripheral
module
Pin
function
Selection of assignment
ICU
IRQ2
P32/PO10/MTIOC0C/TxD6/CTX0/IRQ2/RTCOUT
27
IRQ3
P12/TMCI1/RxD2/SCL0/IRQ2
P33/PO11/MTIOC0D/RxD6/CRX0/IRQ3
45
26
IRQ4
P13/ADTRG1#/TMO3/TxD2/SDA0/IRQ3
P34/PO12/MTIOC0A/TMCI3/SCK6/IRQ4/TRST#
44
25
IRQ5
P14/TMRI2/IRQ4/USB0_OVRCURA/USB0_DPUPE
PE5/D13/RSPCKB/IRQ5
43
106
IRQ6
P15/PO13/MTIOC0B/TMCI2/SCK3/IRQ5
PE6/D14/MOSIB/IRQ6
42
102
IRQ7
P16/PO14/MTIOC3C/TMO2/RxD3/IRQ6/USB0_VBUS/
USB0_OVRCURB/USB0_VBUSEN
PE7/D15/MISOB/IRQ7
101
IRQ8
P17/PO15/MTIOC3A/TxD3/IRQ7
P00/TMRI0/TxD6/IRQ8
38
8
IRQ9
P40/AN0/IRQ8
P01/TMCI0/RxD6/IRQ9
141
7
IRQ10
P41/AN1/IRQ9
P02/TMCI1/SCK6/IRQ10
139
6
IRQ11
P42/AN2/IRQ10
P03/DA0/IRQ11
138
4
(External
Interrupts)
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Pin
No.
40
Page 294 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
Addres
IRQ13
P43/AN3/IRQ11
P05/DA1/IRQ13
137
2
IRQ15
P45/AN5/IRQ13
P07/ADTRG0#/IRQ15
135
144
A16
P47/AN7/IRQ15
PC0/A16/MTCLKG/SSLA1/ET_ERXD3
133
75
*1
P90/A16
PC1/A17/MTCLKH/SCK5/SSLA2/ET_ERXD2
131
73
*1
P91/A17
PC2/A18/MTCLKE/RxD5/SSLA3/ET_RX_DV
129
70
*1
P92/A18
PC3/A19/MTCLKF/TxD5/ET_TX_ER
128
67
*1
CS0#
P92/A19
P60/CS0#
127
117
CS1#
PC7/A23/CS0#/MTIC11U/MTCLKB/MISOA/ET_COL
P61/CS1#/SDCS#
60
115
P71/CS1#/ET_MDIO
PC6/A22/CS1#/MTIC11V/MTCLKA/MOSIA/ET_ETXD3
86
61
P62/CS2#/RAS#
P72/CS2#/ET_MDC
114
85
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA/ET_ETXD2
P63/CS3#/CAS#
62
113
P73/CS3#/ET_WOL
PC4/A20/CS3#/MTCLKC/SSLA0/ET_TX_CLK
77
66
P64/CS4#/WE#
P74/CS4#/ET_ERXD1/RMII_RXD1
112
72
P24/CS4#/EDREQ1/PO4/MTIOC4A/MTCLKA/TMRI1/
SCK3/USB0_VBUSEN
33
P65/CS5#/CKE
P75/CS5#/ET_ERXD0/RMII_RXD0
100
71
Bus
A17
A18
A19
Bus control
CS2#
CS3#
CS4#
CS5#
P25/CS5#/EDACK1/ADTRG0#/PO5/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/
RxD3/USB0_DPRPD
P66/CS6#/DQM0
CS6#
CS7#
WAIT#
MTU0-5
Appendix
MTCLKA
*2
P67/CS7#/DQM1
P77/CS7#/ET_RX_ER/RMII_RX_ER
98
68
P27/CS7#/PO7/MTIOC2B/SCK1/RSPCKB/TCK
P55/WAIT#/EDREQ0/MTIOC4D/ET_EXOUT/TRDATA3
30
51
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA/ET_ETXD2
P51/WR1#/BC1#/WAIT#/SCK2/SSLB2
62
55
P24/CS4#/EDREQ1/PO4/MTIOC4A/MTCLKA/TMRI1/
SCK3/USB0_VBUSEN
33
*2
P22/EDREQ0/PO2/MTIOC3B/MTCLKC/TMO0/SCK0/
USB0_DRPD
PC4/A20/CS3#/MTCLKC/SSLA0/ET_TX_CLK
MTCLKD
*2
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
69
31
*2
MTCLKC
Rev.1.04
99
P76/CS6#/ET_RX_CLK/REF50CK
P26/CS6#/PO6/MTIOC2A/TMO1/TxD1/MOSIB/TDO
PC6/A22/CS1#/MTIC11V/MTCLKA/MOSIA/ET_ETXD3
P25/CS5#/EDACK1/ADTRG0#/PO5/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/
RxD3/USB0_DPRPD
PC7/A23/CS0#/MTIC11U/MTCLKB/MISOA/ET_COL
MTCLKB
32
P23/EDACK0/PO3/MTIOC3D/MTCLKD/TxD3/USB0_DPUPE
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA/
ET_ETXD2
61
32
60
35
66
34
62
Page 295 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
MTU6-11
MTCLKE
*3
PC2/A18/MTCLKE/RxD5/SSLA3/ET_RX_DV
PB4/A12/PO28/MTIOC10A/MTCLKE
70
81
*3
PC3/A19/MTCLKF/TxD5/ET_TX_ER
PB5/A13/PO29/MTIOC10C/MTCLKF
67
80
MTCLKG
*3
PC0/A16/MTCLKG/SSLA1/ET_ERXD3
PB2/A10/PO26/MTIOC9B/MTCLKG
75
83
MTCLKH
PC1/A17/MTCLKH/SCK5/SSLA2/ET_ERXD2
PB3/A11/PO27/MTIOC9D/MTCLKH
73
82
P22/EDREQ0/PO2/MTIOC3B/MTCLKC/TMO0/SCK0/
USB0_DRPD
35
MTCLKF
*3
MTU3
MTIOC3B
*4
MTIOC3C
MTU4
65
40
50
P23/EDACK0/PO3/MTIOC3D/MTCLKD/TxD3/USB0_DPUPE
P81/EDACK0/MTIOC3D/ET_ETXD0/RMII_TXD0/TRDATA1
34
64
MTIOC4A
P24/CS4#/EDREQ1/PO4/MTIOC4A/MTCLKA/TMRI1/
SCK3/USB0_VBUSEN
33
*5
MTIOC4B
P82/EDREQ1/MTIOC4A/ET_ETXD1/RMII_TXD1/TRSYNC
P30/PO8/MTIOC4B/TMRI3/RxD1/MISOB/IRQ0/TDI
63
29
P54/EDACK0/MTIOC4B/ET_LINKSTA/TRDATA2
P25/CS5#/EDACK1/ADTRG0#/PO5/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/
RxD3/USB0_DPRPD
52
*5
MTIOC4D
P83/EDACK1/MTIOC4C/ET_CRS/RMII_CRS_DV/TRCLK
P31/PO9/MTIOC4D/TMCI2/SSLB0/IRQ1/TMS
58
28
*6
MTIC11U
P55/WAIT#/EDREQ0/MTIOC4D/ET_EXOUT/TRDATA3
PC7/A23/CS0#/MTIC11U/MTCLKB/MISOA/ET_COL
51
60
*7
MTIC11V
PD4/D4/MTIC11U/POE3#
PC6/A22/CS1#/MTIC11V/MTCLKA/MOSIA/ET_ETXD3
122
61
123
*7
PD3/D3/MTIC11V/POE4#
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA/
ET_ETXD2
PD2/D2/MTIC11W/POE5#
*8
P01/TMCI0/RxD6/IRQ9
P21/PO1/MTIOC1B/TMCI0/RxD0/SCL1/USB0_EXICEN
7
36
*8
P00/TMRI0/TxD6/IRQ8
P20/PO0/MTIOC1A/TMRI0/TxD0/SDA1/USB0_ID
8
37
MTIOC4C
*7
MTIC11W
TMR0
P80/EDREQ0/MTIOC3B/ET_TX_EN/RMII_TXD_EN/
TRDATA0
P16/PO14/MTIOC3C/TMO2/RxD3/IRQ6/USB0_VBUS/
USB0_OVRCURB/USB0_VBUSEN
P56/EDACK1/MTIOC3C
MTIOC3D
*4
*6
MTU11
Appendix
TMCI0
TMRI0
32
62
124
TMR1
TMCI1
P02/TMCI1/SCK6/IRQ10
P12/TMCI1/RxD2/SCL0/IRQ2
6
45
TMR2
TMCI2
P15/PO13/MTIOC0B/TMCI2/SCK3/IRQ5
P31/PO9/MTIOC4D/TMCI2/SSLB0/IRQ1/TMS
42
28
SCI2
TxD2
*9
P13/ADTRG1#/TMO3/TxD2/SDA0/IRQ3
P50/WR0#/WR#/TxD2/SSLB1
44
56
*9
P12/TMCI1/RxD2/SCL0/IRQ2
P52/RD#/RxD2/SSLB3
45
54
P17/PO15/MTIOC3A/TxD3/IRQ7
P23/EDACK0/PO3/MTIOC3D/MTCLKD/TxD3/USB0_DPUPE
38
34
P16/PO14/MTIOC3C/TMO2/RxD3/IRQ6/USB0_VBUS
/USB0_OVRCURB/USB0_VBUSEN
40
RxD2
SCI3
TxD3
*10
RxD3
*10
SCK3
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
P25/CS5#/EDACK1/ADTRG0#/PO5/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/
RxD3/USB0_DPRPD
P15/PO13/MTIOC0B/TMCI2/SCK3/IRQ5
32
42
Page 296 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
P24/CS4#/EDREQ1/PO4/MTIOC4A/MTCLKA/TMRI1/
SCK3/USB0_VBUSEN
33
*11
P00/TMRI0/TxD6/IRQ8
P32/PO10/MTIOC0C/TxD6/CTX0/IRQ2/RTCOUT
8
27
*11
P01/TMCI0/RxD6/IRQ9
P33/PO11/MTIOC0D/RxD6/CRX0/IRQ3
7
26
*11
P02/TMCI1/SCK6/IRQ10
P34/PO12/MTIOC0A/TMCI3/SCK6/IRQ4/TRST#
6
25
P07/ADTRG0#/IRQ15
P25/CS5#/EDACK1/ADTRG0#/PO5/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/
RxD3/USB0_DPRPD
144
*10
SCI6
Appendix
TxD6
RxD6
SCK6
AD0,
S12AD0
ADTRG0#
EXDMAC0
EDREQ0
P80/EDREQ0/MTIOC3B/ET_TX_EN/RMII_TXD_EN/TRDATA0
P22/EDREQ0/PO2/MTIOC3B/MTCLKC/TMO0/SCK0/USB0_DRPD
65
35
*12
EDACK0
P55/WAIT#/EDREQ0/MTIOC4D/ET_EXOUT/TRDATA3
P81/EDACK0/MTIOC3D/ET_ETXD0/RMII_TXD0/TRDATA1
51
64
P23/EDACK0/PO3/MTIOC3D/MTCLKD/TxD3/
USB0_DPUPE
34
P54/EDACK0/MTIOC4B/ET_LINKSTA/TRDATA2
P82/EDREQ1/MTIOC4A/ET_ETXD1/RMII_TXD1/TRSYNC
52
63
P24/CS4#/EDREQ1/PO4/MTIOC4A/MTCLKA/TMRI1/
SCK3/USB0_VBUSEN
33
EXDMAC1
*12
EDREQ1
*13
EDACK1
RSPI0
33
58
P25/CS5#/EDACK1/ADTRG0#/PO5/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/
RxD3/USB0_DPRPD
32
P56/EDACK1/MTIOC3C
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA/ET_ETXD2
50
62
*14
PA5/A5/PO21/MTIOC7B/RSPCKA
PC6/A22/CS1#/MTIC11V/MTCLKA/MOSIA/ET_ETXD3
90
61
*14
PA6/A6/PO22/MTIOC8A/MOSIA
PC7/A23/CS0#/MTIC11U/MTCLKB/MISOA/ET_COL
89
60
*14
PA7/A7/PO23/MTIOC8B/MISOA
PC4/A20/CS3#/MTCLKC/SSLA0/ET_TX_CLK
88
66
*14
PA4/A4/PO20/MTIOC7A/SSLA0
PC0/A16/MTCLKG/SSLA1/ET_ERXD3
92
75
*14
PA0/A0/BC0#/PO16/MTIOC6A/SSLA1
PC1/A17/MTCLKH/SCK5/SSLA2/ET_ERXD2
97
73
*14
SSLA3
PA1/A1/PO17/MTIOC6B/SSLA2
PC2/A18/MTCLKE/RxD5/SSLA3/ET_RX_DV
96
70
*14
RSPCKB
PA2/A2/PO18/MTIOC6C/SSLA3
P27/CS7#/PO7/MTIOC2B/SCK1/RSPCKB/TCK
95
30
*15
PE5/D13/RSPCKB/IRQ5
P26/CS6#/PO6/MTIOC2A/TMO1/TxD1/MOSIB/TDO
106
31
*15
PE6/D14/MOSIB/IRQ6
P30/PO8/MTIOC4B/TMRI3/RxD1/MISOB/IRQ0/TDI
102
29
*15
PE7/D15/MISOB/IRQ7
P31/PO9/MTIOC4D/TMCI2/SSLB0/IRQ1/TMS
101
28
*15
PE4/D12/SSLB0
P50/WR0#/WR#/TxD2/SSLB1
107
56
*15
PE0/D8/SSLB1
P51/WR1#/BC1#/WAIT#/SCK2/SSLB2
111
55
*15
PE1/D9/SSLB2
110
*13
RSPCKA
MOSIA
MISOA
SSLA0
SSLA1
SSLA2
RSPI1
P24/CS4#/EDREQ1/PO4/MTIOC4A/MTCLKA/TMRI1/
SCK3/USB0_VBUSEN
P83/EDACK1/MTIOC4C/ET_CRS/RMII_CRS_DV/TRCLK
32
MOSIB
MISOB
SSLB0
SSLB1
SSLB2
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 297 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
SSLB3
*15
Appendix
P52/RD#/RxD2/SSLB3
PE2/D10/SSLB3/POE9#
54
109
*1 to 15 The settings are linked together
Table a-1.2
100-pin LQFP
(the Upper Row of Each Pair is the Default Selection)
Peripheral
module
Pin
function
Selection of assignment
ICU
IRQ2
P32/PO10/MTIOC0C/TxD6/CTX0/IRQ2/RTCOUT
18
IRQ3
P12/TMCI1/RxD2/SCL0/IRQ2
P33/PO11/MTIOC0D/RxD6/CRX0/IRQ3
34
17
IRQ4
P13/ADTRG1#/PO13/MTIOC0B/TMO3/TxD2/SDA0/IRQ3
P34/PO12/MTIOC0A/TMCI3/SCK6/IRQ4/TRST#
33
16
IRQ6
P14/PO15/MTIOC3A/TMRI2/IRQ4/USB0_OVRCURA/
USB0_DPUPE
PE6/D14/MOSIB/IRQ6
(External
Interrupts)
Bus control
MTU0-5
IRQ13
P05/DA1/IRQ13
P45/AN5/IRQ13
100
89
IRQ15
P07/ADTRG0#/IRQ15
P47/AN7/IRQ15
98
87
WAIT#
P55/WAIT#/MTIOC4D
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA/ET_ETXD2
39
47
43
*1
P51/WR1#/BC1#/WAIT#/SCK2/SSLB2
P24/CS4#/PO4/MTIOC4A/MTCLKA/TMRI1/SCK3/
USB0_VBUSEN
PC6/A22/CS1#/MTIC11V/MTCLKA/MOSIA/ET_ETXD3
*1
P25/CS5#/ADTRG0#/PO5/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/RxD3/
USB0_DPRPD
PC7/A23/CS0#/MTIC11U/MTCLKB/MISOA/ET_COL
*1
P22/PO2/MTIOC3B/MTCLKC/TMO0/SCK0/USB0_DRPD
PC4/A20/CS3#/MTCLKC/SSLA0/ET_TX_CLK
26
48
*1
P23/PO3/MTIOC3D/MTCLKD/TxD3/USB0_DPUPE
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA/ET_ETXD2
25
47
*2
PC2/A18/MTCLKE/RxD5/SSLA3/ET_RX_DV
PB4/A12/PO28/MTIOC10A/MTCLKE/ET_TX_EN/RMII_TXD_EN
50
56
*2
PC3/A19/MTCLKF/TxD5/ET_TX_ER
PB5/A13/PO29/MTIOC10C/MTCLKF/ET_ETXD0/RMII_TXD0
49
55
MTCLKG
*2
PC0/A16/MTCLKG/SSLA1/ET_ERXD3
PB2/A10/PO26/MTIOC9B/MTCLKG/ET_RX_CLK/REF50CK
52
58
MTCLKH
PC1/A17/MTCLKH/SCK5/SSLA2/ET_ERXD2
PB3/A11/PO27/MTIOC9D/MTCLKH/ET_RX_ER/RMII_RX_ER
51
57
MTIOC4B
*3
P30/PO8/MTIOC4B/TMRI3/RxD1/MISOB/IRQ0/TDI
P54/MTIOC4B
20
40
MTIOC4D
*3
P31/PO9/MTIOC4D/TMCI2/SSLB0/IRQ1/TMS
P55/WAIT#/MTIOC4D
19
39
MTIC11U
*4
PC7/A23/CS0#/MTIC11U/MTCLKB/MISOA/ET_COL
PD4/D4/MTIC11U/POE3#
45
82
MTIC11V
*4
PC6/A22/CS1#/MTIC11V/MTCLKA/MOSIA/ET_ETXD3
PD3/D3/MTIC11V/POE4#
46
83
MTIC11W
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA/
47
MTCLKA
MTCLKD
MTCLKE
MTCLKF
*2
MTU11
72
30
MTCLKC
MTU4
32
P16/PO14/MTIOC3C/TMO2/IRQ6/USB0_VBUS/
USB0_OVRCURB/USB0_VBUSEN
MTCLKB
MTU6-11
Pin
No.
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
24
46
23
45
Page 298 of 302
RX62N Group Peripheral Driver Generator Reference Manual
SCI2
*4
ET_ETXD2
PD2/D2/MTIC11W/POE5#
84
*5
P13/ADTRG1#/PO13/MTIOC0B/TMO3/TxD2/SDA0/IRQ3
P50/WR0#/WR#/TxD2/SSLB1
33
44
*5
P12/TMCI1/RxD2/SCL0/IRQ2
P52/RD#/RxD2/SSLB3
34
42
P07/ADTRG0#/IRQ15
P25/CS5#/ADTRG0#/PO5/MTIOC4C/MTCLKB/RxD3/
USB0_DPRPD
PC5/A21/CS2#/WAIT#/MTIC11W/MTCLKD/RSPCKA/ET_ETXD2
98
*6
PA5/A5/PO21/MTIOC7B/RSPCKA/ET_LINKSTA
PC6/A22/CS1#/MTIC11V/MTCLKA/MOSIA/ET_ETXD3
65
46
*6
PA6/A6/PO22/MTIOC8A/MOSIA/ET_EXOUT
PC7/A23/CS0#/MTIC11U/MTCLKB/MISOA/ET_COL
64
45
*6
PA7/A7/PO23/MTIOC8B/MISOA/ET_WOL
PC4/A20/CS3#/MTCLKC/SSLA0/ET_TX_CLK
63
48
*6
PA4/A4/PO20/MTIOC7A/SSLA0/ET_MDC
PC0/A16/MTCLKG/SSLA1/ET_ERXD3
66
52
*6
PA0/A0/BC0#/PO16/MTIOC6A/SSLA1
PC1/A17/MTCLKH/SCK5/SSLA2/ET_ERXD2
70
51
*6
PA1/A1/PO17/MTIOC6B/SSLA2
PC2/A18/MTCLKE/RxD5/SSLA3/ET_RX_DV
69
50
*6
PA2/A2/PO18/MTIOC6C/SSLA3
P27/CS7#/PO7/MTIOC2B/SCK1/RSPCKB/TCK
68
21
*7
PE5/D13/RSPCKB/IRQ5
P26/CS6#/PO6/MTIOC2A/TMO1/TxD1/MOSIB/TDO
73
22
*7
PE6/D14/MOSIB/IRQ6
P30/PO8/MTIOC4B/TMRI3/RxD1/MISOB/IRQ0/TDI
72
20
*7
PE7/D15/MISOB/IRQ7
P31/PO9/MTIOC4D/TMCI2/SSLB0/IRQ1/TMS
71
19
*7
PE4/D12/SSLB0
P50/WR0#/WR#/TxD2/SSLB1
74
44
*7
PE0/D8/SSLB1
P51/WR1#/BC1#/WAIT#/SCK2/SSLB2
78
43
*7
PE1/D9/SSLB2
P52/RD#/RxD2/SSLB3
77
42
*7
PE2/D10/SSLB3/POE9#
76
TxD2
RxD2
AD0,
S12AD0
ADTRG0#
RSPI0
RSPCKA
MOSIA
MISOA
SSLA0
SSLA1
SSLA2
SSLA3
RSPI1
Appendix
RSPCKB
MOSIB
MISOB
SSLB0
SSLB1
SSLB2
SSLB3
23
47
*1 to 7 The settings are linked together
R20UT0565EJ0104
May 16, 2014
Rev.1.04
Page 299 of 302
RX62N Group
Peripheral Driver Generator
Reference Manual
Publication Date:
May 16, 2014
Published by:
Renesas Electronics Corporation
Edited by:
Rev.1.04
Microcomputer Tool Development Department 4
Renesas Solutions Corporation
© 2014 Renesas Electronics Corporation and Renesas Solutions Corporation. All rights reserved.
Colophon 3.0
RX62N Group
Peripheral Driver Generator
Reference Manual
R20UT0565EJ0104
* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
advertisement
© 2021